May 18, 2024  
2022-2023 Catalog 
    
2022-2023 Catalog [ARCHIVED CATALOG]

Course Descriptions


 

Design Technology (DESN)

  
  • DESN 273 - Design for Additive Manufacturing


    PREREQUISITES: DESN 104 - Mechanical Graphics .
    PROGRAM: Design Technology
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2017

    This course is an introduction to additive manufacturing. Students will explore different types of additive manufacturing processes including prototyping, 3D printing, and 3D scanning utilizing hands on applications. Students will use additive manufacturing software to manipulate designs. Students will also learn basic additive manufacturing safety, maintenance, and setup.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate basic additive manufacturing concepts and skills in order to print a design.
    2. Operate and maintain 3D printing devices in conjunction with CAD software in order to manipulate designs and print objects.
    3. Operate and maintain 3D scanning devices and determine how scanning is utilized in association with additive manufacturing processes.
    4. Identify and perform basic safety practices, preventative maintenance practices, and general cleanup of 3D printers and 3D scanners.
    5. Determine and perform appropriate post-processing techniques for different 3D printers.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Preventative maintenance
    • Software usage
    • Safety
    • Post-processing
    • Design for 3D printing

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DESN 279 - Design Technology Capstone


    PREREQUISITES: Program Chair Approval
    PROGRAM: Design Technology
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 1
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2016

    This course provides students with the opportunity to develop a portfolio (digital and or hard copy), strong professional presence skills such as communication, networking, interviewing, and ethical problem solving.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Produce an integrated portfolio (hard copy and or digital) containing -
      1. Career objective statement
      2. Signature projects
      3. Resume’, transcripts and references
    2. Develop effective job interviewing and resume writing skills.
    3. Develop job attainment skills and resources.
    4. Analyze and define the relationship of personal values and goals to workplace skills and ethics.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Portfolio Creation
    • Job Interviewing
    • Ethical Decision making
    • Resume’ building

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DESN 280 - Co-Op/Internship


    PREREQUISITES: Program Advisor Approval
    PROGRAM: Design Technology
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    INTERNSHIP/EXTERNSHIP HOURS MIN: 10
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Summer, 2011

    Gives students the opportunity to work at a job site that is specifically related to their career objectives. Provides on-the-job experience while earning credit towards an associate’s degree.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Participate in an interactive learning environment.
    2. Interview for job placement.
    3. Write a resume.
    4. Write a cover letter.
    5. Apply skills learned into the workplace.
    6. Gain knowledge of business protocols, ethics, standards, punctuality, courtesy, and appearance.
    7. Develop vocabulary and language of occupation related to internship.
    8. Validate technical career decision.
    9. Participate in technical outcomes (Portfolio).


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Traditional job-hunting techniques
    • Filling out job applications
    • Job interviewing
    • Creating a resume

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  


Dental Hygiene (DHYG)

  
  • DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Program
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology , DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Introduction to the dental and dental hygiene profession, including principles of infection control, instrumentation, ergonomics, instrument design and fundamental dental hygiene skills (necessary to perform in subsequent courses). This course will have a corresponding lab to allow for application of principles learned in this course.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Discuss the dental hygiene profession, its history, role, and important ethical factors relevant to its practice.
    2. Discuss techniques involving the theory and practice of standard precautions.
    3. State the importance of utilizing the correct ergonomics for proper patient operator positioning.
    4. State the rationale and importance of performing a thorough assessment of each patient treated in the clinic.
    5. State the purpose and steps involved with performing a thorough and accurate extra and intraoral assessment.
    6. Identify regulatory agencies, their role in dental care, who they serve and the function they serve.
    7. Discuss the etiology and prevention of the communicable diseases in the dental office.
    8. Identify the classification, design name, and design number of any dental hygiene instrument and be able to determine from its design features where it is used in the mouth.
    9. Describe the etiology of bacterial plaque and its relationship to dental disease.
    10. Describe the etiology, types, location and attachment of dental calculus.
    11. Define materia alba, food debris and distinguish from bacterial plaque.
    12. Describe the role of calculus in the progression of periodontal disease.
    13. Discuss the etiology of dental caries.
    14. Discuss the rationale for a comprehensive health history prior to dental treatment.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Hard deposits
    • Historical review of dental hygiene
    • Regulatory compliance
    • Vital signs and medical and dental histories
    • Ergonomics
    • Prevention of disease transmission
    • Instrument design
    • Periodontal disease and periodontal assessment
    • Principles of instrumentation
    • Assessment instruments and debridement instruments
    • Intra and extra oral exams
    • Soft deposits; bacterial plaque/biofilm
    • Oral Biology: dental caries
    • Periodontal disease and periodontal assessment
    • Tooth stain and discoloration

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Program
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology , DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    CLINICAL - NURSING HOURS MIN: 6
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Introduction to basic procedures used in dental hygiene practice, with primary emphasis on the techniques of instrumentation used in performing diagnostic, preventive, and therapeutic services.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify intra and extra oral structures.
    2. Demonstrate proper use of dental equipment.
    3. Apply principles of patient/operator positioning.
    4. Apply principles of proper instrumentation to include selection, grasp, fulcrum, adaptation, and activation.
    5. Maintain operatory, patient and operator asepsis before, during, and after treatment.
    6. Perform oral hygiene instruction to all patients so they may control dental disease.
    7. Apply preventive and therapeutic agents to the surfaces or oral tissues.
    8. Treat patients, interact with students and instructors, and maintain equipment and operatory in a professional manner.
    9. Apply principles learned in previous and concurrent course work to patient care.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Orientation to dental clinic
    • Use of air and water syringe
    • Use of dental unit
    • Hand washing procedure
    • Instrument grasp
    • Use of sterilization equipment
    • Fulcrum
    • Disinfection of the dental unit
    • Periodontal probe
    • Mouth mirror
    • Patient operator positioning
    • Identifying structures of the oral cavity
    • O’Leary Plaque Score
    • Review/practice above procedures
    • Explorer
    • Topical fluoride treatments
    • Sickle scaler
    • Curets
    • Review/practice personal oral hygiene including
    • Polishing
    • Flossing

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Program.
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology , DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Comprehensive study of the principles of ionizing radiation and application of radiographic theory in dental hygiene practice. Radiation safety for operator and patient is emphasized.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. The basic principles and concepts of radiation in general and x-radiation in particular.
    2. The component parts and workings of the dental x-ray machine and the production of x-rays.
    3. Factors affecting the quality of the x-ray beam and the radiographic image.
    4. The effects of ionizing radiation on living tissues.
    5. Radiation bioeffects, health and safety.
    6. Radiation protection procedures for the operator and the patient.
    7. Selection of appropriate radiographic surveys, film types, duplicating, and record keeping.
    8. Intraoral techniques for bitewings, occlusal films, and periapicals including currently accepted methods, but emphasizing the paralleling technique for periapicals.
    9. Technique of proper film processing, handling, and record keeping.
    10. Quality assurance procedures.
    11. Viewing techniques and principles of interpretation.
    12. Panoramic radiography and other extra-oral radiographic techniques with instruction in interpretation as appropriate.
    13. Alternate imaging modalities.
    14. The appearances of normal radiographic landmarks, artifacts, and shadows.
    15. Developmental abnormalities and basic disease process of teeth and supporting structures.
    16. Legal issues related to dental radiography.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Introduction and history of dental radiography
    • Characteristics of radiation
    • The dental x-ray machine
    • Producing quality radiographs
    • Infection control in radiology
    • Regulations and legal aspects
    • Patient relations and education
    • Effects of radiation exposure
    • Radiation protection
    • Dental x-ray films
    • Dental x-ray film processing
    • Quality assurance in dental radiography
    • Intraoral radiographic procedures
    • Direct digital radiography systems
    • Identification of anatomical landmarks for mounting radiographs
    • Mounting and viewing radiographs
    • Identifying and correcting faulty radiographs
    • Extra-oral radiography
    • Panoramic radiography
    • Introduction to radiographic interpretation
    • Radiographic techniques for children
    • Radiographic techniques for the edentulous patient

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Program.
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology , DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    An in-depth course that focuses on the morphology, structure, and function of deciduous and permanent teeth and surrounding tissues.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the anatomical structures and landmarks of the oral cavity and face.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of the numbering systems utilized in dentistry.
    3. Define occlusion and identify the various classes of occlusion according to Angles’ classification.
    4. Demonstrate a thorough working knowledge of anatomical and morphological nomenclature, as applied to the human dentition.
    5. Identify and describe the individual parts of a tooth as well as the name and functions of individual teeth.
    6. Describe the morphology of the primary dentition and the differences between primary and permanent dentition.
    7. Describe the stages of tooth development, root formation, eruption, and the anomalies that can occur during this time.
    8. Recite the eruption patterns of the primary and permanent


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • The oral cavity
    • Numbering systems
    • Occlusion
    • Primary dentition - incisors and canines
    • Primary dentition - molars
    • Permanent dentition - incisors
    • Permanent dentition - canines
    • Permanent dentition - maxillary premolars
    • Permanent dentition - mandibular premolars
    • Permanent dentition - maxillary molars
    • Permanent dentition - mandibular molars
    • Eruption and exfoliation of teeth
    • Dental anomalies

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Program.
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology , DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Introduction of the concepts of biochemistry and nutrition as well as their relationship to concepts in dentistry, health and disease and their application to the practice of dental hygiene.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be expected to:

    1. Name and describe the biochemical reactions that occur in the body related to the utilization of nutrients.
    2. State the physiologic functions of each of the following classifications of nutrients:
      1. Carbohydrates
      2. Protein
      3. Fat
      4. Water
      5. Vitamins
      6. Minerals
    3. Explain the role of proper nutrition to dental health, as well as to health and disease in general.
    4. Discuss the role of the dental hygienist in identifying and assisting patients with eating disorders.
    5. State the role systemic disease plays on nutritional health and how nutritional health can impact systemic diseases.
    6. Describe various factors throughout the human life cycle which influence nutrient needs of individuals.
    7. Assess the dietary intake of patients and apply basic nutritional concepts to help patients with problems related to nutrition.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Introduction to biochemistry
    • Amino acids (biochemistry aspect)
    • Proteins and enzymes (biochemistry aspect)
    • Carbohydrates, fats, and nucleic acids (biochemistry aspect)
    • Metabolism (biochemistry aspect)
    • Food and food functions
    • Food labeling
    • Protein, fat and carbohydrate nutrition
    • Energy balance and weight management
    • Eating disorders
    • Vitamins
    • Minerals and trace elements
    • Nutrition in the life cycle
    • Nutrition and oral health
    • Diet evaluation
    • Nutritional counseling

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Program.
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 1
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    The study of histological and embryonic development of the head, face, and hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity to include developmental abnormalities.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe the microscopic anatomy of all primary tissues.
    2. Describe the structure and function of the cells, tissues and organs of the oral cavity.
    3. Describe the development of the face, palate, tongue and teeth.
    4. Describe the microscopic anatomy of the enamel, dentin, pulp, cementum, gingival and periodontal tissues.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Development and structure of cells and tissues
    • Structure and functions of the cells, tissues and organs
    • Oral embryology
    • Development of the teeth and periodontium
    • Dentin
    • Dental pulp
    • Cementum
    • Periodontium: periodontal ligament
    • Periodontium: alveolar process and cementum
    • Oral mucosa

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Dental Hygiene Program
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 1
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Anatomy and physiology of the head and neck are studied with special emphasis on nerves, muscles and their attachments, bone structures, and functions of the oral cavity.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify by name, describe, and locate the bones of the skull and face and locate anatomical landmarks on the bones.
    2. Identify the names and location of the sinuses.
    3. Identify by name, describe, and locate the arteries and veins that constitute the flow of blood to and from the heart to the head and neck and back to the heart.
    4. Identify the major groups of lymph nodes of the head and neck and describe the functions of the lymphatic system.
    5. Identify, describe, and locate the components of the brain and name the 12 cranial nerves.
    6. Identify by name the branches of the trigeminal and facial nerves and areas of their innovation.
    7. Identify by names, locate, and describe the functions of the muscles of mastication, facial expression, the tongue, and of head movement.
    8. Identify and describe the parts of the TMJ and its actions.
    9. Identify anatomical landmarks of the head and neck that pertain to dentistry.
    10. Describe pathological conditions that affect the normal head and neck anatomy.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Bones of the skull
    • Muscles of mastication
    • Muscles of facial expression
    • Muscles of the neck and tongue
    • Arteries of the head, neck and oral cavity
    • Blood vessels of the head, neck and oral cavity
    • Lymphatic system of the oral region and neck areas
    • Cranial nerves
    • Nervous system of the oral region
    • Temporomandibular joint, salivary glands and tonsils
    • Anatomy of local anesthesia

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  
  
  • DHYG 114 - Dental Hygiene Clinic I


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology , and DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 113 - Dental Radiography Clinic , DHYG 120 - Pharmacology , DHYG 121 - Medical and Dental Emergencies , DHYG 122 - General Pathology , DHYG 110 - Periodontology  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 5
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    CLINICAL - NURSING HOURS MIN: 9
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Patient assessment, treatment planning, writing, and communicating dental hygiene treatment plans. The implementation of various dental hygiene treatment modalities including information pertaining to patients with special needs.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify and record oral conditions of hard and soft tissues.
    2. Select appropriate treatment and plan appropriate educational and treatment sessions for each patient treated in the clinic.
    3. Maintain operatory, patient and operator asepsis before, during, and after treatment.
    4. Complete dental hygiene procedures without traumatizing hard and soft tissues.
    5. Polish teeth, fixed and removal appliances to restore lustrous finish and remove stain and tarnish.
    6. Perform oral hygiene instruction to all patients so they may control dental disease.
    7. Modify dental hygiene treatment and provide dental hygiene services to patients with special needs.
    8. Apply preventive and therapeutic agents to the surfaces or oral tissues.
    9. Treat patient, interact with students and instructors, and maintain equipment and operatory in a professional manner.
    10. Apply principles learned in previous and concurrent course work to patient care.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Fluoride application
    • Stain removal and polishing
    • Patient education
    • Child and adolescent patient
    • Dental charting
    • Local anesthesia armamentarium
    • Treatment planning
    • Care of removable prosthesis
    • Tobacco cessation
    • Control of dental disease: Toothbrushes, tooth brushing and dental auxiliary aids
    • Geriatrics
    • Wheelchair transfers
    • Dentifrices and mouth rinses
    • Hormonal changes
    • The dental patient with a disability
    • Cardiovascular patient
    • CNS and neurologic impairment
    • Developmental disabilities
    • Major psychiatric disorder and chemical dependencies
    • Instrument sharpening
    • Medically compromised patient

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 120 - Pharmacology


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology , DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 113 - Dental Radiography Clinic , DHYG 114 - Dental Hygiene Clinic I , DHYG 121 - Medical and Dental Emergencies , DHYG 122 - General Pathology , DHYG 110 - Periodontology  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    A study of drugs with emphasis on the classification of drugs, their uses, actions, interactions, side effects, contraindications and oral manifestations. This course will also stress the dental applications of various drug classifications.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Explain the principles of pharmacology to include pharmacokinetics, routes of administration and drug names.
    2. Evaluate medical histories and the drugs a patient takes for possible indications, contraindications, limitations, or alterations of dental treatment.
    3. Describe the central nervous system and identify the actions of various drugs in the CNS.
    4. Describe the autonomic nervous system and identify drugs affecting each system.
    5. Identify common narcotic and non-narcotic drugs, their dental implications, and dangers.
    6. Identify common anti-infective drugs, and their medical and dental uses.
    7. Identify common local and general anesthetics with emphasis on comparing and contrasting different local anesthetics used in dentistry.
    8. Identify common drugs used to treat cardiovascular disease and their effect on dental treatment.
    9. Identify common psychotherapeutic drugs.
    10. Identify drugs used to treat respiratory and gastrointestinal problems.
    11. Discuss the drugs used in cancer therapy and oral implications of cancer therapy.
    12. Discuss the use of analgesics for effective pain relief.
    13. Identify indications for use of pharmacologic methods in the management of the anxious or fearful patient.
    14. Identify common drugs in the following categories:
      1. Adrenocorticosteroids
      2. Autacoids
      3. Antihistamines


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Information, sources, and regulatory agencies
    • Prescription writing
    • Basic pharmacologic principles
    • Autonomic nervous system and drugs affecting this system
    • Drugs affecting the cardiovascular system
    • Antineoplastic agents
    • Adrenocortical steroids
    • Anticonvulsant and psychotherapeutic drugs
    • Respiratory and gastrointestinal drugs
    • Chemotherapeutic therapy
    • Autacoids and antihistamines
    • Hormones
    • Antianxiety drugs
    • Pain control - analgesics
    • Pain control and local and general anesthetics

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 121 - Medical and Dental Emergencies


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 101 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene , DHYG 102 - Fundamentals of Dental Hygiene Lab , DHYG 103 - Dental Radiography , DHYG 104 - Dental Anatomy , DHYG 105 - Nutrition and Oral Health , DHYG 106 - Oral Histology and Embryology , DHYG 107 - Head and Neck Anatomy  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 113 - Dental Radiography Clinic , DHYG 114 - Dental Hygiene Clinic I , DHYG 120 - Pharmacology , DHYG 122 - General Pathology , DHYG 110 - Periodontology  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 1
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    The prevention, diagnosis and management of common medical emergencies in the dental setting.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate the appropriate selection and use of basic emergency armamentarium.
    2. Discuss the role of the dental auxiliary in the provision of care to the dental patient who is having a medical emergency.
    3. Discuss the role of the dental hygienist in preventing medical emergencies in the dental office.
    4. Discuss the importance of early defibrillation and the use of the Automated External Defibrillator (AED) in the treatment of the patient without a pulse.
    5. List, classify, and describe the management of emergencies that result in an altered consciousness.
    6. List, classify, and describe the management of emergencies that result in unconsciousness.
    7. List, classify, and describe the management of emergencies that are cardiac in origin.
    8. List, classify, and describe the management of emergencies that result from respiratory disorders.
    9. List, classify, and describe the management of emergencies that result from seizure disorders.
    10. Discuss surgical emergencies that can occur in the dental office.
    11. List, classify, and describe the management of emergencies that result from diabetes, hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia.
    12. List, classify, and describe the management of emergencies that result from adverse reactions to medications used in the dental office.
    13. List, classify, and describe the management of emergencies that result from bleeding and shock.
    14. Design a dental office emergency kit based upon medical emergencies that may occur in a dental office.
    15. Discuss the purpose of the ASA classification system.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Prevention of emergencies
    • Emergency drugs and equipment
    • Emergencies resulting from altered consciousness
    • Emergencies with the unconsciousness patient
    • Emergencies involving respiratory distress
    • Emergencies involving cardiovascular disorders I
    • Emergencies involving cardiovascular disorders II
    • Emergencies involving seizure disorders
    • Surgical emergencies
    • Emergencies involving diabetes, hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia
    • Emergencies involving adverse reactions to medications used in the dental office
    • Emergencies involving bleeding and shock
    • Medical Emergencies Simulations

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  
  • DHYG 201 - Community and Public Health Dentistry


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 204 - Pain Management , DHYG 228 - Dental Hygiene Clinical Procedures  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 203 - Dental Materials , DHYG 222 - Oral Pathology , DHYG 224 - Dental Hygiene Clinic II , DHYG 209 - Preventive Dentistry  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    A study of the principles and methods used in assessing, planning, implementing and evaluating community dental health programs. Topics include epidemiology, research methodology, biostatistics, preventive dental care, dental health education, program planning, and financing and utilization of dental services. Upon completion, students should be able to assess, plan, implement and evaluate a community dental health program.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be expected to:

    1. Compare and contrast public health dentistry to clinical dentistry.
    2. Discuss local, state, federal, and international dental health programs and organizations.
    3. Identify Healthy People 2030 dental health objectives.
    4. Demonstrate an overall knowledge of the fundamentals of epidemiology.
    5. Identify, perform, record and evaluate various dental indices on patients in clinic and school classrooms.
    6. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic principles of biostatistics and solve elementary problems that relate to dental public health.
    7. Discuss research methodology as related to dental public health.
    8. Identify the components of a quality research article and perform critical analyses of dental research articles.
    9. Critique dental health literature for quality and accuracy.
    10. Discuss statistics related to the effects of supply and demand on the dental profession and personnel.
    11. Describe the prevention and demographics of decay, periodontal disease, tooth loss, oral cancer, malocclusion, and cleft lip and palate.
    12. Assess community dental needs; analyze the strengths and weaknesses of present dental public health programs, and discuss future needs and trends.
    13. Acquire a fundamental knowledge of educational methodology and theories in assessing, planning, implementing, and evaluating with a child population.
    14. Discuss sociological changes throughout history to the present that affect the dental profession, dental disease patterns, and the prevention of dental disease.
    15. Assess, plan, implement, and evaluate a community program with an adult population.
    16. Describe dental health programs appropriate for the needs of the geriatric population.
    17. Discuss the financing of dental care.
    18. Describe the history, benefits, and types of fluoride programs.
    19. Calibrate, implement and evaluate a dental screening program with a school classroom.
    20. Plan, implement, and demonstrate a visual aid used within a classroom lesson plan.
    21. Discuss the appropriate use of media and visual aids in presentations.
    22. Discuss recent statistics and epidemiological data on dental surveys and studies.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • International and federal programs
    • Research methodology
    • Epidemiology
    • Critical analysis of dental literature
    • Indices
    • Dental health education
    • DMF and OHI survey
    • Community programs
    • School screening
    • Dental practice and the community
    • Biostatistics
    • Healthy People 2030
    • Compilation of DMF and OHI survey

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 203 - Dental Materials


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 204 - Pain Management , DHYG 228 - Dental Hygiene Clinical Procedures  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 209 - Preventive Dentistry , DHYG 201 - Community and Public Health Dentistry , DHYG 222 - Oral Pathology , DHYG 224 - Dental Hygiene Clinic II  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 32
    TOTAL CONTACT HOURS MIN: 48
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    The study of physical and chemical properties, identification, characteristics and manipulation of dental materials

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe specific conditions in the oral environment that make it challenging to long term success of dental materials.
    2. Discuss the programs in place to ensure that quality control is maintained during the manipulation and delivery process.
    3. Describe the types and uses of dental materials as they pertain to preventive dentistry.
    4. Explain to a patient the advantages and disadvantages of different restorative materials.
    5. Demonstrate manipulation of materials to include:
      1. Cements
      2. Amalgam
      3. Composite resin
      4. Gypsum
      5. Impression materials


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Cements
    • History of dental materials
    • Composite resin
    • Impression materials
    • Amalgam
    • Dental materials and the oral environment
    • Gypsum
    • Impact of dental hygiene on materials
    • Plaster
    • Preventive materials including dental sealants
    • Quality control
    • Wrought and cast metals
    • Denture fabrication
    • Bleaching tray fabrication

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 204 - Pain Management


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 113 - Dental Radiography Clinic , DHYG 114 - Dental Hygiene Clinic I , DHYG 120 - Pharmacology , DHYG 121 - Medical and Dental Emergencies , DHYG 122 - General Pathology , DHYG 110 - Periodontology  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 228 - Dental Hygiene Clinical Procedures  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1.5 LECTURE HOURS MAX: 24
    CLINICAL - NURSING HOURS MIN: 1.5 CLINICAL - NURSING HOURS MAX: 24
    TOTAL CONTACT HOURS MIN: 48
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2021

    Provides the dental hygiene student with both the theoretical knowledge and the practical clinical skills to successfully perform the appropriate pain control measures to maintain patient safety and comfort. This includes the use of local anesthetics, nitrous oxide and oxygen sedation. The contents of the course are in alignment with the requirements of the State Board of Dentistry.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Control pain and anxiety during treatment through the proper use of accepted clinical and behavioral techniques.
    2. Assess patient health history for safe administration of local anesthetics and nitrous oxide.
    3. Identify types of analgesics and anesthetics used to control pain and anxiety for the dental hygiene patient.
    4. Describe the following in relation to the administration of local anesthesia:
      1. Theory of pain control
      2. Selection of pain control modalities
      3. Anatomy
      4. Neurophysiology
      5. Pharmacology of local anesthetics
      6. Pharmacology of vasoconstrictors
      7. Psychological aspects of pain control
      8. Systemic complications
      9. Techniques of maxillary and mandibular anesthesia
      10. Infection control
      11. Local anesthesia medical emergencies
    5. Assemble the appropriate armamentarium for local anesthesia..
    6. Locate accepted injection sites used to control pain in the oral cavity.
    7. Demonstrate the proper and safe use of local anesthetic drug delivery in dentistry.
    8. Calculate maximum dosages of local anesthetics.
    9. Monitor patient response to anesthetics used in order to verify patient’s level of comfort.
    10. Describe the following in relation to the administration and monitoring of nitrous oxide in a dental office:
      1. The pharmacology of nitrous oxide
      2. The biochemistry of nitrous oxide
      3. The anatomy of nitrous oxide administration
      4. Emergency procedure related to the use of nitrous oxide
      5. Mechanics of operating a nitrous oxide unit
      6. Proper disinfection of nitrous oxide equipment
    11. Demonstrate the proper use of setting up, administering and monitoring of nitrous oxide for a patient in a dental setting.
    12. Properly document in a patient’s chart the administration and monitoring of nitrous oxide and local anesthetics.
    13. Discuss the role of the dental hygienist and dental assistant in the administration and monitoring of nitrous oxide.
    14. State the requirements, as specified by the Indiana State Board of Dentistry, for a dental hygienist and dental assistant administering and monitoring nitrous oxide during patient treatment.
    15. Describe environmental hygiene as it relates to nitrous oxide use.
    16. Evaluate signs and symptoms of nitrous oxide-oxygen sedation.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Medical history assessment to identify contraindications to the use of local anesthesia
    • Oral anatomy/injection sites
    • Types of anesthetics used in dentistry
    • Injection technique
    • Pharmacology of anesthetics
    • Recognition and management of dental emergencies
    • Chain of response to emergencies
    • Nitrous oxide and oxygen sedation

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 209 - Preventive Dentistry


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 204 - Pain Management , DHYG 228 - Dental Hygiene Clinical Procedures  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 201 - Community and Public Health Dentistry , DHYG 203 - Dental Materials , DHYG 222 - Oral Pathology , DHYG 224 - Dental Hygiene Clinic II  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 1
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Oral diseases and preventable conditions will be reviewed and evaluated in terms of their causes, assessment of individual risk factors, epidemiological distributions in populations, clinical detection, and evidence-based approaches to prevention. Preventive methods, including fluoride, sealants, mouth guards, and plaque control measures, will be discussed in terms of their utilization, effectiveness, method of delivery, and cost.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe the multifactorial process of dental decay and relate each element to individual risk factors that should be assessed for each individual patient.
    2. Describe and recognize clinical signs of incipient coronal decay and root decay.
    3. Given the age, gender and race of a patient, relate that information to epidemiological patterns of coronal decay, root decay and determine the relative disease prevalence in their population group comparable to other groups.
    4. Discuss the risk factors for each of the conditions above and identify strategies for assessing the presence of these factors during the patient assessment.
    5. Based on the clinical signs of decay or identification of significant risk factors, design a preventive treatment plan for a patient.
    6. Evaluate the evidence supporting the efficacy and effectiveness of selected preventive products, including antimicrobial mouth rinses, fluoride products, dentifrices, and products for alleviation of xerostomia.
    7. Discuss the clinical signs, causes, and prevention of dental fluorosis.
    8. Discuss the uses for and criteria utilized for the following indices:
    9. Evaluate the toxic potential of consumed fluoride and recommend appropriate measures for managing a potentially toxic exposure.
    10. Discuss the effectiveness of dental sealants and current utilization patterns in the U.S.
    11. Given a description of a dental emergency involving trauma to the mouth, provide instructions on how to deal with that emergency until professional treatment can be obtained.
    12. Discuss the use of mouth guards as a measure of preventing sport-related injuries and identify the advantages and disadvantages of different types of mouthguards.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Preventive dentistry
    • Mouth guards and injury prevention
    • Remineralization/Demineralization
    • The Caries Process
    • Caries diagnosis/recognition
    • DMF Index
    • Assessing fluoride and supplements
    • Fluoride therapies
    • Fluoride toxicity
    • The role of chlorhexidine as a caries preventive agent
    • Fluoride varnishes
    • Pit and fissure sealants as a caries preventive measure
    • Caries epidemiology
    • Healthy People 2030

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 222 - Oral Pathology


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 204 - Pain Management , DHYG 228 - Dental Hygiene Clinical Procedures  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 201 - Community and Public Health Dentistry , DHYG 203 - Dental Materials , DHYG 209 - Preventive Dentistry , DHYG 224 - Dental Hygiene Clinic II  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    The study of oral diseases, oral manifestations of systemic disease, and the processes of inflammation, wound healing, repair and immunological responses. Emphasis will be placed on the recognition of oral abnormalities and differential diagnosis of oral lesions.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify the types of abnormal and pathological lesions commonly present on both hard and soft tissues in the oral cavity.
    2. Describe the warning signs and symptoms of oral cancer.
    3. Identify possible pathological oral lesions in the oral cavity and discuss the etiology of each.
    4. Identify oral lesions commonly associated with specific systemic diseases.
    5. Provide a differential diagnosis for various abnormal and pathologic lesions of the oral cavity.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Types of oral lesions
    • Oral manifestations of disease
    • HIV and AIDS
    • Developmental disorders
    • Trauma
    • Color and texture variations
    • Diagnostic techniques
    • Treatment options
    • Systemic v. infectious

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 224 - Dental Hygiene Clinic II


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 204 - Pain Management , DHYG 228 - Dental Hygiene Clinical Procedures  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 201 - Community and Public Health Dentistry , DHYG 222 - Oral Pathology  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 5
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    CLINICAL - NURSING HOURS MIN: 12
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    This course is a continuation of DHYG 228 - Dental Hygiene Clinical Procedures , with emphasis on the dental hygiene process of care. Students will incorporate advanced instrumentation techniques, radiographic procedures and pain management into dental hygiene care plans to provide comprehensive dental hygiene treatment for patients with advanced periodontal disease and special needs.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify the various instrument grasps and positions necessary for accurate technique.
    2. Develop basic instrumentation skills using the following
      1. Stabilization
      2. Fulcrum
      3. Adaptation
      4. Angulation
      5. Lateral pressure
      6. Stroke
    3. Differentiate between the types of instruments used and at which stage of treatment they are utilized.
    4. Use auxiliary aids to assist with patient care.
    5. Develop basic treatment plans of care for patients in treatment and at various levels of disease.
    6. Utilize power scaling.
    7. Accurately expose the radiographs required for the course.
    8. Accurately mount/organize radiographs for viewing.
    9. Identify and interpret radiographs for normal and disease states.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Instrumentation skills
    • Power scaling
    • Polishing
    • Treatment planning for a patient with special needs
    • Air polishing
    • Use of auxiliary aids
    • Fluoride application
    • Periodontal debridement
    • Treatment planning

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  
  • DHYG 230 - Clinical Seminar


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 201 - Community and Public Health Dentistry , DHYG 203 - Dental Materials , DHYG 209 - Preventive Dentistry , DHYG 222 - Oral Pathology , and DHYG 224 - Dental Hygiene Clinic II  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 234 - Dental Hygiene Clinic III , DHYG 235 - Community Oral Health Practicum  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    This course will provide information related to ethics and jurisprudence, including a study of the state practice act. Practice management principles and employment opportunities for the dental hygienist will also be discussed. Developing a cover letter, resume writing, and interviewing will also be covered.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Explain personal ethics and relate them to the practice of dental hygiene.
    2. Explain the Dental Practice Act governing the practice of dentistry in the state of Indiana.
    3. Discuss and apply the components of ethical decision-making process to resolve ethical dilemmas and maintain honesty in relationships with patients, colleagues, and other professionals using a situational oral presentation.
    4. Discuss the issue of malpractice as it relates to the clinical practice of dentistry and dental hygiene including records management (HIPAA Regulations).
    5. Explain the meaning of “standard of care” and identify the important points related to documentation such as risks, benefits and alternatives.
    6. Discuss the two classifications of law and explain the significance of each to the practice of dental hygiene.
    7. Explain abandonment and the appropriate measures to be taken in this area.
    8. Define malpractice and discuss how to protect oneself in this area.
    9. Identify career options within the healthcare industry, education and research and evaluate the feasibility of pursuing these dental career options.
    10. Develop practice management and marketing strategies to be used in the delivery of oral health care.
    11. Create a cover letter and resume that can be used to seek employment upon graduation and licensure.
    12. Discuss and practice effective interviewing skills.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Ethics in health care
    • State Dental Practice Act
    • Definition of law
    • Requirements of a Mandated Reporter
    • Classification of law
    • Job seeking skills marketing strategies
    • Resume writing
    • Practice management
    • Interviews

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DHYG 234 - Dental Hygiene Clinic III


    PREREQUISITES: DHYG 201 - Community and Public Health Dentistry , DHYG 203 - Dental Materials , DHYG 209 - Preventive Dentistry , DHYG 222 - Oral Pathology , DHYG 224 - Dental Hygiene Clinic II  
    COREQUISITES: DHYG 230 - Clinical Seminar , DHYG 235 - Community Oral Health Practicum  
    PROGRAM: Dental Hygiene
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 6
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    CLINICAL - NURSING HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Allows for the refinement of clinical skills and application of technology and current procedural practices of the dental hygienist with emphasis on self- evaluation and quality assurance. Students are also expected to demonstrate more efficient time management skills so they are prepared to enter the workforce.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Select, obtain, and interpret diagnostic information, recognizing its advantages and limitations
    2. Recognize predisposing and etiologic risk factors that require intervention to prevent disease.
    3. Obtain, review, and update a complete medical, family, social, and dental history.
    4. Perform a comprehensive examination using clinical, radiographic, periodontal, dental charting, and other data collection procedure and assess the patient’s needs.
    5. Establish a planned sequence of care (education, clinical and evaluation) based on dental hygiene diagnosis; identified oral conditions; potential problems; etiologic and risk factors; and available treatment modalities.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Use of power scalers
    • Treatment planning a patient with special needs*
    • Use of air polisher
    • Use of auxiliary aids
    • Smoking Cessation
    • Periodontal Debridement
    • Nutritional Analysis
    • Tissue evaluation of periodontal patients treated in clinic
    • Sealants
    • Case presentation

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  

Diagnostic Med Sonog (DMSI)

  
  • DMSI 101 - Ultrasound Physics I


    PREREQUISITES: Admission to the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    This course will describe basic ultrasound physics to include the make-up and production of sound waves and their characteristics as well as the interaction of the sound wave with different materials. The construction of the transducer and how the sound beam is produced will be covered as well as the effects of the transducer on image resolution.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe and understand principles of relational math.
    2. Describe and understand basic principles of sound waves and their production.
    3. Recognize the differences in sound propagation and interaction with mediums.
    4. Differentiate the qualities of sound waves and changes applied that alter quality.
    5. Describe and understand transducer construction and image production.
    6. Discriminate between image optimization techniques and apply choices to correct images.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Mathematic fundamentals related to ultrasound
    • Basic ultrasound principles of frequency, periods, propagation speed, wave length, intensity, and amplitude
    • Transducer construction and function
    • Image production and optimization

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 102 - Abdominal Sonography I & Clinical Orientation Lab


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the General Sonography Program
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 5
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 4
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    This course introduces and familiarizes the student with the basic abdominal anatomy and physiology related to abdominal sonography. The student will also learn to identify cross sectional and sonographic anatomy. Pathologies of the organ structures are covered as well as pathophysiologic effects on organs, systems and appearances.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify both on diagram and sonographic image, normal and abnormal abdominal anatomy and variants .
    2. Describe the effects of pathophysiology on organs and organ systems.
    3. List basic protocol for abdominal scanning in the Ivy Tech lab for organ systems.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Hepatic system
    • Biliary system
    • Pancreas
    • Urinary system
    • Spleen and lymphatic structures
    • Abdominal Vasculature
    • Retroperitoneal spaces and structures

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 103 - OB/Gyn Sonography I and Lab


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the General Sonography Program
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    TOTAL CONTACT HOURS MIN: 5
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    This course will introduce to and familiarize the student with the basic pelvic and first trimester obstetric anatomy, physiology, and sonographic imaging.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify, both on diagram and sonographic image, normal and abnormal female pelvic anatomy to include organs, muscles, ligaments, vascular structures, free spaces and surrounding areas..
    2. List basic protocol for transabdominal and transvaginal pelvic scanning.
    3. Identify, both on diagram and sonographic image, normal and abnormal first trimester anatomy.
    4. List basic protocol for 1st trimester sonogram.
    5. Describe the effects of pathophysiology on organs and organ systems.
    6. Define first trimester testing and procedures.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Normal anatomy and physiology of the female pelvis
    • Pathology of the uterus
    • Pathology of the ovaries and adnexa
    • Infertility
    • Normal 1st trimester
    • 1st trimester complications and abnormal outcomes
    • Genetic testing protocols

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 105 - General Sonography Clinical I


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the General Sonography Program
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 60
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2022

    Content and clinical practice experience shall be assigned for sequential development, application, critical analysis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of general sonographic procedures. Through structured, sequential, competency based assignments in the clinical setting concepts of teamwork and patient care centered clinical practice and professional development will be examined and evaluated. Clinical practices are designed to provide the student with patient care and general sonographic exam experiences. Care and scanning skills and proper ergonomic techniques learned in the lab will be practiced in the patient care setting.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate practice and competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Perform sonographic examinations using proper ergonomic techniques.
    2. Maintain a procedure log that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in & indicate their level of involvement, i.e., Observation or supervision level. This list must be kept current in the student Trajecsys account (online clinical records).
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedure, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.
    7. Apply patient care skills and regulations such as HIPAA and ALARA.


    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 107 - Cardiac Sonography I and Lab


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Cardiac Sonography Program
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 5
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 4
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2021

    This course will focus on the basic principles of ultrasound, basic machine knobology, cardiac anatomy, ultrasound windows, and basic transthoracic cardiac views. Topics will also include ASE cardiac segments, systolic function, diastolic function, systolic and diastolic dysfunction, intracardiac pressures, left side chamber quantifications, coronary distribution and echocardiographic indications.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe the basic principles of ultrasound
    2. Describe and demonstrate the ultrasonic windows and echocardiographic views
    3. Understand the controls and knobology of the ultrasound system and demonstrate how to use them during basic echocardiographic procedures.
    4.  
    5. Recognize and identify the normal cardiac anatomy and anatomical relationships by demonstrating the basic views of echocardiography
    6. Demonstrate proper methods for acquiring accurate measurements to include but not limited to M-Mode, pulsed wave Doppler, continuous wave Doppler, color Doppler, tissue Doppler, 2-D measurements, and chamber volume measurements in all cardiac views
    7. Describe the development of the embryologic heart and the normal maturation of the heart
    8. Describe the normal anatomy of the heart and the sonographic appearances
    9. Describe and identify the ASE cardiac segments and coronary distribution
    10. Describe and understand normal intracardiac pressures
    11. Understand the general indications for echocardiographic testing
    12. Use recommended interpretation criteria, understanding their value and limitations.
    13. Describe and demonstrate methods of left and right heart quantification.
    14. Demonstrate understanding of normal and abnormal systolic and diastolic function of the heart.
    15. Demonstrate processes for systolic and diastolic dysfunction evaluation.
    16. Understand the important elements of composing and generating preliminary and final reports using correct terminology.
    17. Understand various regulatory issues affecting the ultrasound profession


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Ultrasound principles
    • Equipment knobology
    • Cardiac anatomy
    • Scanning protocols and techniques of the cardiac system

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 110 - Vascular Sonography I and Lab


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Vascular Sonography Program
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 5
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 4
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    This course will focus on the principles of hemodynamics and how disease affects these principles. There will be a study of the cerebrovascular system to include anatomy, physiology, and pathology.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe the rules of hemodynamics and how pathology changes these.
    2. Understand the role of noninvasive vascular testing in the diagnosis of vascular disease in the cerebrovascular system.
    3. Differentiate between normal and abnormal B-mode and Doppler findings.
    4. Relate these findings to the underlying anatomy/physiology and other changes attributable to vascular disease.
    5. Use recommended interpretation criteria, understanding their value and limitations.
    6. Understand the important elements of composing and generating preliminary and final reports using correct terminology.
    7. Understand various regulatory issues affecting the vascular ultrasound profession.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Cerebrovascular anatomy and pathology
    • Cerebrovascular hemodynamics
    • Scanning protocols and techniques of the cerebrovascular system

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 111 - Sonography Orientation/Cross sectional/Patient Care


    PREREQUISITES: Acceptance into the program through appropriate assessment
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 5
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 4
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    This class will cover the beginning principles of ultrasound and introduce the student to sonographic principles, terms and applications. This class also introduces the profession and history of sonography and the practitioner’s role(s) in the healthcare system. It also provides students with the basic concepts of patient care dealing with the emotional and physical needs of the patients, including infection control and standard precautions. Equipment care and facility processes are discussed and practiced. Cross sectional anatomy and anatomical relationships including the relationship to sonographic appearance will be covered. Ergonomic principles and techniques are taught and practiced in the lab to be performed in the clinical setting.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Understand the basic concepts of ultrasound and sonographic planes
    2. Define sonographic terms and proper use and application of sonography
    3. Identify and describe other health science professions that integrate the patient’s total health care.
    4. Identify various settings in the delivery of health care.
    5. Understand and perform basic care for the patient’s care and comfort.
    6. Anticipate the needs of the medical team in the surroundings of a patient and anticipate the needs of the patient.
    7. Discuss the reimbursement/payment options for health care services.
    8. Discuss the role and value of a mission statement to the operation of an institution.
    9. Discuss the relationship between institutional administrative personnel and imaging services.
    10. Describe all patient services provided in an imaging department.
    11. Define difference in program and institutional accreditation.
    12. Define accreditation, credentialing, certification, licensure, and regulations and the agencies involved.
    13. Discuss the benefits of continuing education as related to improved patient care and professional enhancement.
    14. Describe the ethics and scope of practice for the sonographer defined by the SDMS.
    15. Explain select perceptions of death and dying, chronic illness, and emotions related to health from the patient and the sonographer’s point of view including the ethical, emotional, personal and physical aspects.
    16. Identify methods for determining the correct patient for a given procedure.
    17. Explain various means of communication as well as appropriate and professional communication for the sonographer
    18. Explain specific aspects of a sonographic procedure.
    19. Demonstrate correct principles of body mechanics when transferring patients.
    20. Demonstrate how to turn patients with various health conditions.
    21. Describe various immobilization techniques for various patient conditions.
    22. Describe patient safety measures and concerns.
    23. Explain the purpose, legal considerations and procedures for reporting an accident or incidents.
    24. Describe methods of evaluating patient status and vital sign procedures used to assess the patient.
    25. List the information gathered for patient history.
    26. List the normal ranges for specific laboratory studies.
    27. Define terms related to infection control.
    28. Describe the importance of Standard Precautions and Transmission-based Precautions.
    29. Describe sources and modes of transmission of infection and disease.
    30. Describe methods of prevention of infection to the health care worker and the patient.
    31. Discuss the emergency medical code system at the clinical settings and the student’s role.
    32. Explain special considerations necessary when performing sonographic procedures on all patient types from infant to the geriatric.
    33. Describe symptoms and precautions for a patient with a head or spinal injury.
    34. Describe the classifications and medical interventions for burns.
    35. Describe the symptoms and medical interventions for a patient having a medical reaction.
    36. Explain the role of the technologist in patient education.
    37. List and identify the specific types of tubes, lines, catheters, and collections devices.
    38. Outline steps and operation of maintenance of suction and oxygen equipment and demonstrate their use.
    39. Demonstrate the use of specific medical emergency equipment and supplies.
    40. Demonstrate select first aid techniques.
    41. Describe initial steps in performing portable procedures.
    42. Describe precautions needed in a surgical suite.
    43. Understand and identify situations that require immediate medical attention or situations classified as an emergency
    44. Define legal terminology and legal aspects of healthcare.
    45. Describe ethical behavior in medical imaging.
    46. Understand the need for quality improvement.
    47. Describe and outline the quality improvement process for a laboratory
    48. Describe and understand HIPAA and policies of confidentiality
    49. Understand the anatomic relationships of human anatomy
    50. Identify the anatomy in a variety of methods including sonography, and computed tomography
    51. Understand the relational anatomy and the concepts of cross sectional planes.
    52. Identify the cross sectional anatomy in all anatomic planes
    53. Describe the role of OSHA in the medical setting
    54. Understand the standards established by OSHA in the sonographer’s profession and in the medical facility
    55. Understand and apply proper ergonomics for the sonographer and the mechanisms of musculoskeletal injury in sonography and healthcare.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Sonography concepts and terminology
    • Sonography scanning planes and principles
    • Professional organizations
    • Introduction to sonographic technology
    • Introduction to the clinical site
    • Infection control
    • Hospital services administration
    • Patient interactions
    • History taking and exam preparation
    • Transfer techniques and patient moving techniques
    • Vital signs and oxygen
    • HIPAA
    • Professional communication
    • Aseptic techniques and non-aseptic techniques
    • Medical emergencies
    • Health records and health information management
    • Professional ethics and medical law and ethics
    • OSHA standards and guidelines
    • Ergonomics in sonography
    • Cross sectional anatomy and anatomical planes
    • Cultural Competency

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 113 - General Sonography Clinical II


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 105 - General Sonography Clinical I  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    Content and clinical practice experience shall be assigned for sequential development, application, critical analysis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of general sonographic procedures. Through structured, sequential, competency- based assignments in the clinical setting concepts of teamwork and patient care centered clinical practice and professional development will be examined and evaluated. Clinical practices are designed to provide the student with patient care and general sonographic exam experiences. The student should grow on the techniques already learned and begin learning more advanced examinations. Care and scanning skills and proper ergonomic techniques learned in the lab will be practiced in the patient care setting.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Practice and demonstrate competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Perform sonographic examinations using proper ergonomic techniques.
    2. Maintain a procedure log that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in & indicate their level of involvement, i.e., observation or supervision level. This list must be kept current in the student Trajecsys account (online clinical records).
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedure, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of indirect supervision.
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.
    7. Apply patient care skills and regulations such as HIPAA and ALARA.


    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 114 - Vascular Sonography Clinical I


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Vascular Sonography Program
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 60
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2022

    This is the first of four rotations through various clinical sites to allow the student to acquire competency in the field of vascular sonography. During the first clinical rotation the student is required to use the knowledge acquired in the cognitive domain to display appropriate behavior in the affective domain. Knowledge from the cognitive domain gained last semester is also used as a foundation on which to build skills in the psychomotor domain. This is accomplished by scanning actual patients under controlled conditions.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Successfully perform sonography exams under indirect supervision. In the case of very rare exams or exams that are scarce, clinical competency may be achieved by lab simulation at the discretion of the instructors.
    2. Maintain a procedure sheet that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in and indicates their level of involvement, i.e., observed only, performed the exam with direct supervision, performed the exam with indirect supervision. This list must be kept current in the student portfolio. (procedure sheet)
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedure, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.


    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 116 - Vascular Sonography Clinical II


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 114 - Vascular Sonography Clinical I  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    This is the second of four rotations through various clinical sites to allow the student to acquire competency in the field of vascular sonography. The student is required to use the knowledge acquired in the cognitive domain to display appropriate behavior in the affective domain. Knowledge from the cognitive domain gained last semester is also used as a foundation on which to build skills in the psychomotor domain. This is accomplished by scanning actual patients under controlled conditions.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Successfully perform sonography exams under indirect supervision. In the case of very rare exams or exams that are scarce, clinical competency may be achieved by lab simulation at the discretion of the instructors.
    2. Maintain a procedure sheet that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved direct supervision, performed the exam with indirect supervision. This list must be kept current in the student portfolio. (procedure sheet)
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedure, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.


    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 117 - Cardiac Sonography Clinical I


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Cardiac Sonography Program
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 60
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2022

    This is the first of four rotations through various clinical sites to allow the student to acquire competency in the field of cardiac sonography. During the first clinical rotation the student is required to use the knowledge acquired in the cognitive domain to display appropriate behavior in the affective domain. Knowledge from the cognitive domain during the semester is also used as a foundation on which to build skills in the psychomotor domain. This is accomplished by scanning in the laboratory setting initially and then actual patients under controlled conditions. The skills of basic image acquisition, ergonomics and patient care are practiced in the controlled conditions of a healthcare facility.

     

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate competency in various cardiac windows and views
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Perform sonographic examinations using proper ergonomic techniques..
    2. Maintain a procedure log that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in and indicate their level of involvement, i.e., observation or supervision level. This list must be kept current in the student Trajecsys account (online clinical records).
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedure, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations
    7. Apply patient care skills and regulations such as HIPAA and ALARA.

     

    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Ultrasound terminology
    • Ultrasound knobology
    • Basic echocardiographic windows and views
    • Basic cardiac anatomy
    • ASE cardiac segments

     

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 119 - Cardiac Sonography Clinical II


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 117 - Cardiac Sonography Clinical I  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2020

    This is the second of four rotations through various clinical sites to allow the student to acquire competency in the field of cardiac sonography. The student is required to use the knowledge acquired in the cognitive domain to display appropriate behavior in the affective domain. Knowledge from the cognitive domain gained last semester is also used as a foundation on which to build skills in the psychomotor domain. This is accomplished by scanning actual patients under controlled conditions. The skills of exam acquisition, ergonomics and patient care are practiced in the controlled conditions of a healthcare facility.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate competency in cardiac views and exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Perform sonographic examinations using proper ergonomic techniques.
    2. Maintain a procedure log sheet that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in and indicate their level of involvement, i.e., Observation or supervision level. observed only, performed the exam with direct supervision, performed the exam with indirect supervision. This list must be kept current in the student Trajecsys account (online clinical records). portfolio. (procedure sheet)
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedure, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.
    7. Apply patient care skills and regulations such as HIPAA and ALARA.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • EKG Tracings
    • Left Ventricular Function
    • Stress Echocardiography
    • Cardiac hemodynamics
    • Cardiac catheterization

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 121 - Basic Radiation Physics and Principles


    PREREQUISITES/COREQUISITE: MATH 123 - Quantitative Reasoning  or Higher (excluding MATH 135 - Finite Math  and MATH 137 - Trigonometry with Analytic Geometry ) and Program Chair Approval.

    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2021

    This course introduces the principles of basic radiographic physics, incorporating the theory and application of radiation production and is required prior to beginning other DMSI program courses.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Define elementary particles.
    2. Demonstrate an understanding of the basic principles of atomic structure.
    3. Compare and contrast mechanical and electromagnetic energy.
    4. Describe the photon.
    5. Differentiate between velocity, amplitude, frequency and wavelength.
    6. Differentiate between isobars, isotones and isotopes.
    7. Define the types of particulate radiation and their effects on surrounding tissues.
    8. Define voltage, current and resistance and calculate problems for each.
    9. Explain basic rules of magnetism and apply to the forces of electromagnetism.
    10. Summarize the basic process for the production of x-rays.
    11. Name and identify the types of x ray interactions that occur with matter.
    12. Differentiate the x-ray beam’s characteristics as it interacts with matter.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Basic principles of atomic structure
    • Principles of electricity
    • Electromagnetic energy and mechanical energy
    • Radiation particulates
    • Radiation beam formation
    • Radiation interaction with matter

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 150 - Vascular Sonography II and Lab


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 110 - Vascular Sonography I and Lab  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    This course will continue to build on the principles learned in Vascular Sonography I. There will be a study of the upper and lower peripheral arterial system to include the anatomy, physiology, and pathology.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe and understand upper and lower arterial anatomy.
    2. Describe and understand pathology and physiology of upper and lower extremity arterial systems.
    3. Describe and understand arterial testing procedures and methods.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Arterial anatomy of the upper and lower extremity
    • Disease processes of the arterial system
    • Doppler and plethysmography testing procedures for the upper and lower extremities

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 160 - Cardiac Sonography II and Lab


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 107 - Cardiac Sonography I and Lab  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2021

    This course will continue to build on the principles learned in Cardiac Sonography I with a review of cardiac anatomy and cross sectional anatomy. Valvular heart disease, cardiomyopathies, pericardial disease, further left and right heart assessment, pulmonary hypertension, endocardial disease, aortic and great vessel disease, prosthetic valve evaluation processes, coronary artery or ischemic disease, and heart sounds will be covered and discussed.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe and demonstrate normal valvular evaluation.
    2. Describe pathophysiologic effects of valvular disease and the methods of evaluation for regurgitation and stenosis.
    3. Describe and demonstrate the evaluation methods and pathophysiologic effects of cardiomyopathy diseased on the heart
    4. Demonstrate and define advanced methods of left and right heart assessment
    5. Describe and understand the methods of evaluation of pericardial disease, endocardial pathologies and the pathophysiologic effects of the diseases.
    6. Describe the appearance and pathophysiologic effects of pulmonary hypertension and coronary artery disease as well as the methods of evaluation
    7. Identify different prosthetic valves, appearances, normal function and pathophysiologic effects of the diseased prosthetic valve
    8. Understand and demonstrate the normal great vessel evaluation as well as recognize pathophysiologic effects and demonstrate methods of pathology evaluation
    9. Understand the rationale and methods for obtaining measurements to quantify the flow in the normal and abnormal heart
    10. Demonstrate the methods and rationale for using the ped-off probe in the presence of pathology
    11. Identify, describe and correlate alternate testing methods such as MRI, CT, angiography, nuclear medicine and radiography studies
    12. Demonstrate an understanding of differential diagnoses of pathologies covered in this course
    13.  


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Sonographic quantitative and qualitative methods of cardiac evaluation
    • Sonographic evaluation of cardiomyopathies, pericardial, endocardial diseases
    • Sonographic evaluation of diseases of pulmonary vasculature and great vessels
    • Sonographic evaluation of native and prosthetic valves as well as disease processes
    • Study of pathophysiologic effects of disease on the heart

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 190 - Hemodynamics and EKG


    PREREQUISITES: Program Chair Approval
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    TOTAL CONTACT HOURS MIN: 5
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2021

    Introduces the student to the principles of hemodynamics in the heart and throughout the cardiovascular system. The physical principles of blood flow and the pathophysiologic effects are discussed. The principles of electrocardiography as well as the interpretation of the waveforms are discussed and analyzed. Pathological processes and waveform alteration because of such are covered and identified. Testing methods based on waveforms and hemodynamic principles are covered as well as the use of Holter monitors.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Understand basic physics principles of blood flow
    2. Describe the flow of blood throughout the cardiovascular system
    3. Demonstrate an understanding of the effects of loading conditions on the heart as well as the pathophysiologic effects of leading and intracardiac pressures
    4. Identify the pathophysiologic effects on blood flow
    5. Demonstrate the methods for obtaining proper blood flow measurements
    6. Demonstrate the understanding of improper Doppler gate effects on blood flow measurements
    7. Understand the principles of electrocardiography and electrophysiology
    8. Describe the uses and principles of a cardiac respirogram
    9. Understand and identify the uses of a Holter monitor
    10. Demonstrate normal lead placement for obtaining EKG waveforms
    11. Demonstrate ability to identify normal EKG tracings
    12. Describe conduction abnormalities and the pathophysiologic effects on the EKG tracing
    13. Demonstrate ability to identify critical EKG tracings


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Hemodynamic principles
    • Electrocardiography
    • Electrophysiologic studies
    • Holter monitoring
    • Cardiovascular blood flow
    • EKG lead placement
    • Normal EKG tracings
    • Pathological EKG tracings

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 201 - Ultrasound Physics II


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 101 - Ultrasound Physics I  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    This course is designed to build on the basic fundamentals of Ultrasound physics. The principles of Doppler, Image Formation, Quality Assurance, and Bioeffects are presented.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Define the components of Image acquisition and storage.
    2. Identify the parts of the quality assurance and improvement program.
    3. Describe the physics and techniques of Doppler.
    4. Distinguish between factors affecting blood flow and hemodynamics as well as spectral analysis.
    5. Understand the use of ultrasound contrast and sound wave effects.
    6. Classify ultrasound artifacts and sound violations in their production.
    7. Describe the specific types and discuss potential bioeffects of ultrasound and ALARA principles.
    8. Discuss future applications and technologies.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • The receiver system, pre and post processing
    • Ultrasound artifacts
    • Hemodynamics and Doppler
    • Quality assurance
    • Bioeffects

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 202 - Abdominal Sonography II & Lab


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 102 - Abdominal Sonography I & Clinical Orientation Lab  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    This course is a continuation of abdominal organs covered in Abdominal Sonography I. The urinary system, splenic, major vascular systems as well as the small part systems such as thyroid, breast, scrotum and musculoskeletal systems will be covered in this course. Pathology and the effects of different types of pathology as well as the sonographic appearance of organs affected will be discussed.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify both on diagram and sonographic image, normal and abnormal abdominal anatomy and variants for the organ systems covered .
    2. List basic protocol for abdominal scanning in the Ivy Tech Lab
    3. Identify, both on diagram and sonographic image, the anatomy and variants for normal and abnormal superficial, small parts and all other organs and tissues covered.
    4. Describe the effects of pathophysiology on organs and organ systems.
    5. Demonstrate the sonographer’s role in interventional procedures and techniques used in procedures.
    6. Discuss pediatric and neonatal considerations and exams.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Aorta and IVC
    • Thyroid
    • Scrotum, prostate and penile structures
    • Breast
    • Abdominal wall musculature
    • GI structures
    • Lung and pleural structures
    • Interventional procedures
    • Neonatal hips, brain and spine
    • Superficial structures

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 203 - OB/Gyn Sonography II and Lab


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 103 - OB/Gyn Sonography I and Lab  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    This course will continue to build on the knowledge acquired in OB/Gyn Sonography I and Lab along with learning pathologic indications and second and third trimester obstetric scanning.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify, both on diagram and sonographic image, normal and abnormal fetal anatomy. Perform basic protocol for second and third trimester sonography.
    2. Describe the effects of pathophysiology on maternal and fetal organs and organ systems.
    3. Define fetal evaluation for anomalies and well being and testing methods or protocols used for such testing.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Obstetric measurements
    • Fetal neural axis
    • Fetal face and neck
    • Fetal thorax and heart
    • Fetal abdomen
    • Fetal musculoskeletal structures
    • Fetal genitourinary systems
    • Fetal GI system
    • Amniotic fluid, membranes, placenta and umbilical cord
    • Congenital anomalies
    • 3D imaging
    • Fetal well being determination
    • Genetic testing
    • Interventional procedures
    • Maternal conditions
    • Multiple gestation
    • Post partum conditions

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 205 - General Sonography Clinical III


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 113 - General Sonography Clinical II  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    Content and clinical practice experience shall be assigned for sequential development, application, critical analysis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of general sonographic procedures. Through structured, sequential, competency- based assignments in the clinical setting concepts of teamwork and patient care centered clinical practice and professional development will be examined and evaluated. Clinical practices are designed to provide the student with patient care and general sonographic exam experiences. The student should grow on the techniques already learned and begin learning more advanced examinations. Care and scanning skills and proper ergonomic techniques learned in the lab will be practiced in the patient care setting.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Practice and demonstrate competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Perform sonographic examinations using proper ergonomic techniques.
    2. Maintain a procedure log that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in and indicate their level of involvement, i.e., observation or supervision level. This list must be kept current in the student Trajecsys account (online clinical records).
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedures, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.
    7. Apply patient care skills and regulations such as HIPAA and ALARA.


    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 206 - General Sonography Clinical IV


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 205 - General Sonography Clinical III  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    Content and clinical practice experience shall be assigned for sequential development, application, critical analysis, and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of general sonographic procedures. Through structured, sequential, competency based assignments in the clinical setting concepts of teamwork and patient care centered clinical practice and professional development will be examined and evaluated. Clinical practices are designed to provide the student with patient care and general sonographic exam experiences. The student should grow on the techniques already learned and begin learning more advanced examinations. Care and scanning skills and proper ergonomic techniques learned in the lab will be practiced in the patient care setting.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Practice and demonstrate competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Perform sonographic examinations using proper ergonomic techniques.
    2. Maintain a procedure log that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in and indicate their level of involvement, i.e., observation or supervision level. This list must be kept current in the student Trajecsys account (online clinical records).
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedures, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.
    7. Apply patient care skills and regulations such as HIPAA and ALARA.


    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 208 - Ultrasound Physics II


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 101 - Ultrasound Physics I  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 4
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2022

    This course is designed to build on the basic fundamentals of Ultrasound physics. The principles of Doppler, Image Formation, Quality Assurance, and Bioeffects are presented.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
    1. Define the components of Image acquisition and storage. 

    2. Identify the parts of the quality assurance and improvement program.    

    3. Describe the  physics and techniques of Doppler.

    4. Distinguish between factors affecting blood flow and hemodynamics as well as spectral analysis.

    5. Understand the use of ultrasound contrast and sound wave effects.

    6. Classify ultrasound artifacts and sound violations in their production.

    7. Describe the specific types and discuss potential bioeffects of ultrasound and ALARA principles.

    8. Discuss future applications and technologies.



    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • The receiver system, pre and post processing
    • Ultrasound artifacts
    • Hemodynamics and Doppler
    • Quality assurance
    • Bioeffects

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 210 - Vascular Sonography III and Lab


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 150 - Vascular Sonography II and Lab  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    This course is a continuation of all of the principles and applications learned in Vascular Sonography I and II. Studies will include the upper and lower peripheral venous systems and the abdominal vascular system. These studies will include anatomy, physiology and pathology of these systems.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe anatomy of the venous systems of the upper and lower extremities.
    2. Describe pathology and physiology of the Venus system of the extremities.
    3. Define the venous scanning protocol.
    4. Describe the abdominal vascular system.
    5. Define the scanning protocols of the abdominal vascular system.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Study of upper and lower extremity venous anatomy, physiology, and pathology
    • Study of abdominal vascular anatomy, physiology, and pathology
    • Scanning protocols for abdominal vascular studies.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 214 - Vascular Sonography Clinical III


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 116 - Vascular Sonography Clinical II  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    This is the third of four rotations through various clinical sites to allow the student to acquire competency in the field of vascular sonography. The student is required to use the knowledge acquired in the cognitive domain to display appropriate behavior in the affective domain. Knowledge from the cognitive domain gained last semester is also used as a foundation on which to build skills in the psychomotor domain. This is accomplished by scanning actual patients under controlled conditions.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Successfully perform sonography exams under indirect supervision. In the case of very rare exams or exams that are scarce, clinical competency may be achieved by lab simulation at the discretion of the instructors.
    2. Maintain a procedure sheet that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in and indicates their level of involvement, i.e., observed only, performed the exam with direct supervision, performed the exam with indirect supervision. This list must be kept current in the student portfolio. (Procedure sheet)
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedure, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.


    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 216 - Vascular Sonography Clinical IV


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 214 - Vascular Sonography Clinical III 
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    This is the last of four rotations through various clinical sites to allow the student to acquire competency in the field of vascular sonography. The student is required to use the knowledge acquired in the cognitive domain to display appropriate behavior in the affective domain. Knowledge from the cognitive domain gained last semester is also used as a foundation on which to build skills in the psychomotor domain. This is accomplished by scanning actual patients under controlled conditions.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Successfully perform sonography exams under indirect supervision. In the case of very rare exams or exams that are scarce, clinical competency may be achieved by lab simulation at the discretion of the instructors.
    2. Maintain a procedure sheet that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in & indicate their level of involvement, i.e., observed only, performed the exam with direct supervision, performed the exam with indirect supervision. This list must be kept current in the student portfolio. (procedure sheet)
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedures, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.


    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand) 

  
  • DMSI 217 - Cardiac Sonography Clinical III


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 119 - Cardiac Sonography Clinical II  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2020

    This is the third of four rotations through various clinical sites to allow the student to acquire competency in the field of cardiac sonography. The student is required to use the knowledge acquired in the cognitive domain to display appropriate behavior in the affective domain. Knowledge from the cognitive domain gained last semester is also used as a foundation on which to build skills in the psychomotor domain. This is accomplished by scanning actual patients under controlled conditions. The skills of exam acquisition, ergonomics and patient care are practiced in the controlled conditions of a healthcare facility.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate competency in cardiac views and exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Perform sonographic examinations using proper ergonomic techniques.
    2. Maintain a procedure log that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in and indicate their level of involvement, i.e.,observation or supervision level. This list must be kept current in the student Trajecsys account (online clinical records).
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedure, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.
    7. Apply patient care skills and regulations such as HIPAA and ALARA.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Valvular dysfunction
    • Contrast usage
    • Congenital anomalies
    • Cardiomyopathy

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 219 - Cardiac Sonography Clinical IV


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 217 - Cardiac Sonography Clinical III  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    CLINICAL APPLICATION HOURS MIN: 15
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2020

    This is the last of four rotations through various clinical sites to allow the student to acquire competency in the field of cardiac sonography. The student is required to use the knowledge acquired in the cognitive domain to display appropriate behavior in the affective domain. Knowledge from the cognitive domain gained last semester is also used as a foundation on which to build skills in the psychomotor domain. This is accomplished by scanning actual patients under controlled conditions.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate principles of professional ethics.
    2. Demonstrate successful relationships with staff technologists by asking appropriate questions, assisting the sonographer during procedures, and by directly dealing with patients.
    3. React to criticism constructively and demonstrate the desire to improve.
    4. Demonstrate competency in a VARIETY of exams including those not done routinely.
    5. Perform required sonography exams after clinical competency is achieved.

    *Clinical evaluations must be filled out by a registered sonographer for each required exam after the student has demonstrated competency by passing a clinical competency evaluation in each of the listed categories administered by the clinical instructor or a program instructor. Until a student passes the clinical competency exam in a specific category they may not do an exam in that category under indirect supervision.

    1. Perform sonographic examinations using proper ergonomic techniques. S
    2. Maintain a procedure log that identifies each patient or exam that they were involved in and indicate their level of involvement, i.e., Observation or supervision level. This list must be kept current in the student Trajecsys account (online clinical records).
    3. Demonstrate knowledge of the clinical affiliate site rules, layout, office procedures, patient transportation rules and equipment by the appropriate responses to oral questioning by the clinical instructor, program director, clinical coordinator or other technologist or appropriate hospital personnel. This will be verified by Room Check lists also.
    4. Demonstrate compliance with the rules of the program by not violating the concept of “indirect supervision.”
    5. Display knowledge of all handbook rules pertaining to clinical, and abide by them.
    6. Demonstrate competency in the affective domain by Scoring 80% or better on the clinical performance evaluations.
    7. Apply patient care skills and regulations such as HIPAA and ALARA.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Demonstrate competency in basic areas of echocardiography

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 220 - Cardiac Sonography III and Lab


    PREREQUISITES: DMSI 160 - Cardiac Sonography II and Lab  
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 4
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Spring, 2021

    This course is a continuation of all of the principles and applications learned in Cardiac Sonography I and II. Areas to be covered are cardiac anatomy with relation to tumors, congenital anomalies, contrast enhancement with guidelines, interventional cardiac procedures and intracardiac devices, cardiac catheterization, transesophageal echocardiography, cardio-oncology, systemic diseases, transplace and associated conditions, and stress echocardiography.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe cardiac contrast uses, methods, rationale, standards, limitations, guidelines, and regulations.
    2. Demonstrate the processes performed with the use of cardiac contrast.
    3. Identify different cardiac pharmacologic medication uses, limitations, effects, contraindications, and methods of administration.
    4. Describe the uses, processes, and physics behind 3-D echocardiography.
    5. Describe and demonstrate the methods and processes of both exercise and pharmacologic stress echocardiography
    6. Describe and define cardiac masses and tumor and the pathophysiologic effects of these disease processes.
    7. Describe and identify congenital anomalies with various post-surgical appearances and the pathophysiologic effect pre and post-surgical corrections.
    8. Identify multiple systemic disease processes, pathophysiologic effects as well as monitoring of such conditions.
    9. Describe the process and identify the images of transesophageal echocardiography
    10. Demonstrate the sonographer’s role, methods and processes used in transesophageal echocardiography
    11. Identify the processes, needs, rationale, imagery and procedures used in cardiac catheterization procedures.
    12. Describe and identify intracardiac devices, shunts, intracardiac or cardiac assist devices and procedures such are used in and with such devices.
    13. Identify considerations of the transplanted heart, associated conditions and post-surgical appearances.
    14. Identify post-surgical pathophysiologic effects on the transplanted heart.
    15. Describe methods and exam processes used with cardiac trauma patients
    16. Understand differential diagnoses of pathologies covered in this course.
    17. Define and understand cardiac strain and speckle tracking methods, uses, and efficacy in certain patients.
    18.  


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Pathologies such as transplant associated, cancerous conditions, and systemic diseases
    • Methods used in the cardiac patient such as transesophageal echocardiography, 3D, and catheterization
    • Methods used with cardiac contrast
    • Cardiac trauma
    • Stress echocardiography
    • Alternate testing tools and methods

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • DMSI 295 - Sonography Exam Review


    PREREQUISITES: All previous Diagnostic Medical Sonography (DMSI) classes
    PROGRAM: Diagnostic Medical Sonography
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Review of the concepts and principles taught throughout the program to include an emphasis on physics, anatomy and pathology. Mock examinations will be given in preparation for registry examinations through the American Registry for Diagnostic Medical Sonography.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Pass mock registry examinations with at least an 80% average


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Review of program content
    • Mock registry examinations

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  


Early Childhood Educ (ECED)

  
  • ECED 100 - Introduction to Early Childhood Education


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated readiness for developmental English.
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Entry level course for Early Childhood Educators. It provides an overview of the history, theory, and foundations of early childhood education as well as exposure to types of programs, curricula and services available to young children. Opportunities to explore a variety of opportunities in the field through lecture, activities, and classroom observations. Students may be required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.  Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Recognize the value of developing positive communication strategies and establishing beneficial relationships within an early childhood facility. (2b, 4a, 6a)
    2. Describe skills to build positive relationships with families. (2b, 4a)
    3. Study the history, theories, and foundations of early childhood education (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d)
    4. Explore and recognize various curricula and settings for early childhood education programs.  (5a, 5c)
    5. Identify effective, quality programs for young children in various settings. (1c, 1d, 6b) 
    6. Identify resources within the community to enhance family wellbeing. (2c)
    7.  Reflect on and determine future professional goals while exploring opportunities in the field of early childhood, advocacy, organizations, and resources. (6a, 6d, 6e)
    8. Demonstrate respect for diversity, equity, and inclusion. (2a)
    9. Identify and practice various observation/recording methods. (3a, 3b)
    10. Explore the role of technology in programs for young children. (6c)
    11. Examine guidelines and the importance of the NAEYC Code of Ethics, The Council for Professional Recogition’s CDA Credential, NAEYC Accreditation standards, state licensing regulations, and membership in professional organizations. (6a, 6b, 6d)
    12. Complete Indiana ILEAD webinar trainings for Child Abuse Prevention and Detection, and Health and Safety Modules 1-3.  (6b, 6d)
    13. Begin own Professional Program Portfolio based on local campus guidelines. (contact local program chair for instructions) (6e)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Developmentally appropriate practice and play based learning 
    • Developmental Domains
    • Theories of development
    • Positive communication and interactions in the early learning environment
    • Diversity, equity, and inclusion
    • Observation and assessment
    • Child abuse prevention and detection
    • Early care and education in the community
    • Use of appropriate technology with children
    • Curriculum and settings
    • Professionalism

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

     

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

     

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
     

      00 - 93%    A

      92 - 85%    B

      84 - 75%    C

      74 - 71%    D

      70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree-seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.   The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Students may begin collecting artifacts when they begin their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 101 - Health Safety and Nutrition


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated readiness for developmental English.
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Examines basic principles of child development, Developmentally  Appropriate Practices (DAP), importance of family, licensing, and elements of quality care of  young children with an emphasis on the learning environment related to health, safety, and  nutrition. Entry-level course for Early Childhood Educators. Students may be  required to  complete observations in approved locations as related to this course. Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe and discuss the physical, cognitive, social, emotional, creative, and linguistic development of the young child from infancy through 8 years of age. (1a)
    2. Discuss Developmentally Appropriate Practice in terms of chronological age and developmental levels in terms of appropriateness of activities and environments for the young child from infancy through 8 years of age.(1d)
    3. Describe, discuss, and practice observation skills, and assess safe and healthy practices. (1d)
    4. Describe and discuss developmentally appropriate and culturally respectful guidance practices.(1a)
    5. Describe and recognize the importance of the child’s family and its role as the child’s first  teacher in enhancing safe and healthy learning. (2c)
    6. Identify primary elements of Indiana’s licensing requirements for early care and  education. (6b)
    7. Demonstrate cooperation through group creation and presentation of a health and safety  educational experience. (6d)
    8. Identify, discuss, and evaluate quality care issues relating to health, safety, and nutritional  components essential for providing quality care including routines, daily schedule, and  the physical arrangement of the indoor and outdoor play areas. ( 1c,6a, 6e)
    9. Identify, describe, and discuss stressors and potential stressors that may affect children,  families and early care and education teachers. (6a)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -
    •  Developmental domains of young children
    • Developmentally appropriate practice
    • Observation skills
    • Developmentally appropriate and culturally respectful guidance practices
    • Family as the child’s first teacher
    • Indiana licensing requirements
    • Child and Adult Care Food Program (CACFP)
    • Resources for health, safety, and nutrition of young children
    • Quality care issues
    • Mental health issues of children, families
    • Early care and education teachers

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

     

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

     

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

     

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

       

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

     

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

     

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93%    A

      92 - 85%    B

      84 - 75%    C

      74 - 71%    D

      70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:    

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 103 - Curriculum in the Early Childhood Classroom


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated readiness for developmental English.
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Entry level course for Early Childhood Educators. Examines Developmentally Appropriate environments and activities in various early learning settings. Explores the varying developmental levels and cultural backgrounds of children. Students are required to complete observations and field experience in an early learning setting to successfully complete this course. Students are required to meet personnel requirements for childcare licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe and discuss Developmentally Appropriate Practice as it pertains to the young child from infancy through 8 years of age with an emphasis on the importance of healthy and respectful relationships between adults, children, and families in the early learning setting. (1c, 1d, 2b, 4a)
    2. Recognize and describe the ways young children develop in the physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.. (1a).
    3. Recognize and discuss appropriate teaching methods for young children. (1d, 4b, 4c, 5b, 6e))
    4. Research current curriculum models in use in early childhood education. (1d, 3a, 4b, 4c)
    5. Describe, discuss, and evaluate Developmentally Appropriate environments that promote the young child’s healthy development. (1b, 1c, 1d, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c)
    6. Demonstrate observation skills in accordance with ethical guidelines to evaluate an early learning setting and develop a plan to enhance the environment for all children, including those with special needs. (3a, 3b, 3c, 6a, 6b, 6e)
    7. Demonstrate the ability to access and utilize the Indiana Early Learning Foundations to plan, implement, and evaluate meaningful curriculum for young children.(5a, 5b, 5c, 6b, 6d)
    8. Describe and discuss Bloom’s Taxonomy and its relationship to planning developmentally appropriate activities for young children. (5b)
    9. Create Developmentally Appropriate Lesson Plans that promote the young child’s development in the physical, communication, arts, inquiry, social, and self-awareness domains. (1d, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    10. Incorporate Developmentally Appropriate Lesson Plans into an Integrated Curriculum Study appropriate for use in the infant/toddler, preschool, or school-age classroom. (1d, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    11. Complete Indiana ILEAD webinar training for Introduction to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations. (5a, 5b, 5c, 6b, 6d)
    12. Complete a minimum of 32 hours of field experience which includes 16 hours for preparation/planning (including creation of materials)/observation, 8 hours for implementation/assessment/working directly with children, and 8 hours for reflection, evaluation and professional communication with the site mentor/cooperating teacher.  (7)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Developmentally appropriate practice
    • Children’s developmental domains 
    • Developmentally Appropriate learning environments
    • DAP lesson plans
    • Integrated curriculum study
    • Healthy relationships in the early learning environment
    • Professionalism and confidentiality when assessing learning environments
    • Cultural diversity, equity, and inclusion
    • NAEYC Code of Ethics
    • Indiana Early Learning Foundations
    • Field Experience

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

     

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

     

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93%    A

      92 - 85%    B

      84 - 75%    C

      74 - 71%    D

      70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree-seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation. The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards. The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework. Students may begin collecting artifacts when they begin their coursework. Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers. Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 105 - CDA Process


    PREREQUISITES: 480 hours of work experience with a specific age group (0-5 years) within the last five years, verification of 120 hours of required competency based coursework, and Program Chair Approval, must be taken at the home campus
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    PRACTICUM HOURS MIN: 6
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Prepares the student to complete the application, CDA exam, and verification process for the Child Development Associate (CDA) credential. Students participate in supervised visits at their practical work/volunteer sites The college instructor completes a pre- site visit and observational assessments required for the credential process.  Students are required to complete 96 hours of observations and field experiences with children in an approved setting as related to this course. A credentialing fee is assigned to this course.  Students are required to select an Ivy Tech preferred PD Specialist to complete the final Verification process.

    Students must have documented 480 hours working with young children in a state approved child development program or family child care home or recognized home visitor setting and complete minimum of 120 qualifying hours of training, complete the CDA credential application process (including the successful completion of the CDA professional portfolio, current first aid and infant/child (pediatric) CPR nationally recognized certifications, and family questionnaires), schedule the CDA national exam, and schedule the verification visit in order to pass this course.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Prepare and implement activities and experiences for physical, cognitive, linguistic and creative development within the context of the whole child.  (1a)
    2. Practice ethical standards, state licensing regulations and other standards and policies of the settings. (6a, 6b, 6c)
    3. Plan, implement, and evaluate activities in the early childhood setting. 
    4. Support positive self-concept in self, children, families, and staff. (4a)
    5. Demonstrate professional skills, behaviors, and dispositions. (6a)
    6. Select activities and techniques that promote individual skills. (1b, 1d)
    7. Synthesize prior knowledge to exhibit skills in the CDA competencies. 
    8. Demonstrate mastery of communication competence in accordance with professional early childhood practices. (6b)
    9. Successfully complete applications for a Child Development Associate (CDA) to the Council for Professional Recognition in Washington DC.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • CDA process and credential
    • Philosophy of Education
    • Autobiography
    • Review observation tools and processes
    • Observation process
    • Resource file 
    • Competency statements
    • NAEYC Code of Ethics
    • Family questionnaires
    • Reflective Dialogue
    • Application process
    • CDA PD Specialist  Verification Visit
    • CDA renewal

     

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

       

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

     

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

     

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

       

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

     

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100-93% A
    92-85% B
    84-75% C
    74-71% D
    70-0% F

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 110 - Infant/Toddler Growth and Development


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated readiness for developmental English.
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Studies the physical, social, emotional, cognitive, and linguistic development of infants and toddlers from conception through age three. Examines the crucial role of brain development and ecological systems during the first three years. Responsive care by adults is recognized as crucial to the development of infants and toddlers. Quality child care is defined. Students are required to complete several developmental milestones observations and field experiences with children aged 2 months-36 months as related to this course (12 hours).   Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify and define the crucial role of brain development during the first three years. (1a)
    2. Identify and define the effects of the ecological systems on the growth and development of infants and toddlers.(1b,1c,2a)
    3. Recognize and examine the prenatal through the first three years environmental issues.(1c)
    4. Observe, plan, implement, and evaluate  developmentally appropriate activities for physical development using the Indiana Early Learning Foundations for infants and toddlers. (1a, 5b, 6e)
    5. Observe, plan, implement, and evaluate developmentally appropriate activities for cognitive and language development using the Indiana Early Learning Foundations for infants and toddlers. (1a, 5b, 6c)
    6. Oserve,  plan, implement, and evaluate developmentally appropriate activities for social development using the Indiana Early Learning Foundations for infants and toddlers. 1a, 5b, 6c)
    7. Observe, plan, implement, and evaluate developmentally appropriate activities emotional development which fosters positive self-regard using the Indiana Early Learning Foundations for infants and toddlers. (1a, 5b, 6c)
    8. Define and analyze theories of early childhood growth and development. (1a,1b,1c)
    9. Observe  and assess quality care for all infants and toddlers.(3a, 5a, 5b)
    10. Define the sensitive caregiver role that fosters development in infants and toddlers. (4a)
    11. Observe and record infant and toddler behavior to assess development.(3a, 3c)
    12. Complete Indiana state licensing required ILEAD Safe Sleep training. (6b)
    13. Complete a minimum of 12 hours of field experience which may include preparation/planning (including creation of materials)/observation, implementation/assessment/working directly with children, reflection, evaluation and professional communication with the site mentor/cooperating teacher.  (6e, 7)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Prenatal development
    • The birthing process
    • The importance of brain development prenatally and during the early years
    • Physical, cognitive, creative, linguistic, and social-emotional development
    • Safe sleeping practices
    • The active infant
    • High quality caregiver interactions with infant/toddler
    • High quality early care and education settings
    • Responsiveness of early care and education teacher
    • Behavior and role of positive guidance
    • Advocacy issues surrounding quality infant and toddler care and education

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

     

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

     

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

     

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85% B
    84 - 75% C
    74 - 71% D
    70 - 0% F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:    

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 111 - Environments for Infants and Toddlers


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated readiness for developmental English.
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    TOTAL CONTACT HOURS MIN: 4
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Examines environmental factors essential for providing quality infant toddler care and education. Discovers and assesses the various settings for infants and toddlers from the perspectives of quality and family issues.  Community resources, and child advocacy efforts, and the importance of healthy human relationships are examined in relation to young children. Students may be required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.  Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children aged 2 months-36 months as related to this course (32 hours).  Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify, define and plan classroom spaces that foster healthy infant and toddler development.
    2. Develop routines that promote high quality infant/toddler care and education.
    3. Identify and analyze indicators of quality early care and education for all infants and toddlers.
    4. Identify, define and plan a safe, healthy learning environment for infants and toddlers.
    5. Recognize and define natural environments for all infants and toddlers.
    6. Observe infant-toddler programs in various settings to assess the physical, human and time environments.
    7. Describe quality work environments for adults in the early care and education profession.
    8. Create program evaluation and quality control measures for early care and education settings.
    9. Create a plan that fosters healthy development of all infants and toddlers through family-teacher partnerships.
    10. Investigate community resources that support quality early care and education for all infants and toddlers.
    11. Identify and plan a community child advocacy campaign that promotes quality early care and education of infants and toddlers.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Developmentally appropriate practices for infants and toddlers    
    • Preparation and implementation of activities for infants and toddlers
    • Observation and assessment of infants and toddlers
    • Theories of infant and toddler development
    • Family as a child’s first teacher
    • Licensing guidelines and accreditation criteria for infant and toddler programs
    • Community resources for infants and toddlers
    • Advocacy for quality programs for infant and toddlers

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

     

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

     

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

     

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

     

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

     

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85%  B
    84 - 75%  C
    74 - 71%  D
    70 - 0%  F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:    

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 120 - Child Growth and Development


    PREREQUISITES: ENGL 111 - English Composition  
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Studies the physical, social, emotional, cognitive, and moral development of children from conception to age twelve.  Theories of child development, biological and environmental foundations, prenatal development, the birth process, and the newborn baby are discussed.  Influences of family, community, media, and culture in various countries are considered. Students are required to observe children in an affiliated site (child care center, licensed family child care home, or preschool classroom in a public school). Students are required to observe and work one on one with a child multiple times in a public setting to complete the Child Case Study Project (12 hours). Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify and define  the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development. (1a) 
    2. Recognize  the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities. (1c)
    3. Identify, explore, and implement ways to support children in their growth and development process related to early brain development, learning, self-awareness , and their relationships with others.(1d, 4a)
    4. Define  the major theories of early child growth and development. ( 5a)
    5. Identify and discuss appropriate environments that promote healthy development of children using culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning. (4c)
    6. Research  professional resources in early childhood education, to integrate knowledgeable, critical and reflective perspectives.(5c)
    7. Observe children and assess development based on developmental milestones checklists (3a, 3b, 3c, 7).  
    8. Partner with families to identify and plan goals, and implement and evaluate activities to promote positive development for young children. (2a, 2b, 3d, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5b, 7)
    9. Identify and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children. (4a) 
    10. Recognize and develop appropriate personal and professional strengths and behaviors, when working with children birth through age  eight., (6a, 6c)
    11. Complete the NAEYC Key Assessment # 1 Child Case Study 
    12. Complete a minimum of 12 hours of field experience which may include preparation/planning (including creation of materials)/observation, implementation/assessment/working directly with children, reflection, evaluation and professional communication with the site mentor/cooperating teacher.  (6e, 7)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Physical, social and emotional, cognitive, and linguistic, development of young children
    • Major theories of child development
    • Impact of family, community, culture, society, and media on development
    • Methods to support children and their growth and development
    • Appropriate environments for young children
    • Positive guidance techniques; research methods
    • Ages and developmental stages from conception to age eight
    • Equitable and ethical use of assessment tools
    • Personal and professional strengths and behaviors

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

     

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    X

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

     

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    X

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    X

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    X

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    X

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

     

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    X

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    X

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    X

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    X

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    X

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    X

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    X

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    X

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    X

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    X

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    X

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

     

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    X

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

     

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    X

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85% B
    84 - 75% C
    74 - 71% D
    70 - 0% F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:    

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 130 - Developmentally Appropriate Guidance in a Cultural Context


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated readiness for developmental English.
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Analyzes developmentally appropriate guidance, theory and  implementation for various early care and education settings. Provides a basic understanding of  the anti-bias/multicultural emphasis in the field of early childhood. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course (10+ hours). Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify and evaluate how personal biases impact effective interactions with colleagues, between children,    and their families, classroom design, curriculum development, and assessments of young children (2a, 6c)
    2. Identify, define and evaluate developmentally appropriate practices in terms of family, culture, language, community, and early learning settings, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities   (1a,1c, 1d)
    3. Explore the history of multicultural education and the importance of anti-bias practices in early childhood education.  (1c) 
    4. Examine and exhibit reciprocal respect for multicultural issues and family preferences in early childhood practice  including guidance, basic routines, meals, holidays/celebrations, communication, play and socialization.  (2a, 4c)
    5. Obtain and use resources for an anti-bias curriculum to design, implement, and evaluate   anti-bias activities for young children in an approved early learning   setting. (4b, 4c) 
    6. Identify the causes and impact of trauma and adverse childhood experiences. (1b)
    7. Identify, observe, and demonstrate respect for trauma informed care practices in an approved early learning setting. (1d)
    8. Observe, critique, and demonstrate positive child guidance strategies and respect for family preferences, culture, and environmental influences on  behavior. (2a, 4c, 6e)
    9. Identify the elements of pro-social behavior and positive, supportive, and respectful learning environments, and implement  culturally sensitive, individualized guidance strategies for children in the early childhood setting. (2c,4a, 6b)
    10. Complete a minimum of 10 of field experience which may include preparation/planning (including creation of materials)/observation, implementation/assessment/working directly with children, reflection, evaluation and professional communication with the site mentor/cooperating teacher.  (6e, 7)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Observation skills             
    • Social/Emotional development     
    • Positive guidance techniques        
    • Communication skills            
    • Typical behavior problems
    • Family diversity            
    • The anti-bias classroom        
    • Anti-bias resources            
    • Trauma informed care
    • Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs)
    • Developmentally appropriate practice
    • Understanding children’s behavior
    • Misbehavior or misunderstood behavior
    • The proactive environment
    • Persistent negative behavior
    • Culturally sensitive guidance
    • Anti-bias activities and strategies

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    X

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    X

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    X

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    X

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    X

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

     

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    X

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

       

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    X

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    X

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    X

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

     

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    X

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    X

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    X

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85% B
    85 - 75% C
    74 - 71% D
    70 - 0% F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 200 - Family-Teacher Partnerships


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated readiness for developmental English.
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Examines the family/teacher partnership, recognizing the need to work as a team to enhance the child’s development. Promotes awareness of the family as the child’s first teacher, foundation, and framework for culture, language, attitudes, and values. Provides the structure for creating practices that establish active family participation. Explores issues and resources for families. Students may be required to complete observations and field experiences with children and families as related to this course.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify community agencies and the resources available to support families. (2a, 2b, 2c) 
    2. Identify strategies  for family empowerment, including advocacy for their children. (6a, 6b)
    3. Recognize and support the family’s role as the child’s primary teacher. (2a, 2b)
    4. Define and support the family/teacher partnership in the child’s development. (2a, 2b)
    5. Examine family involvement models (PTO/PTA, Head Start, etc.) for successful relationships. (2a, 2b, 2c, 6a)
    6. Develop strategies to assist families in understanding and following regulations for licensing, abuse/neglect prevention. (2a, 2b, 2c, 6a, 6b,6d)
    7. Review and analyze liability and confidentiality in family/teacher relationships. (2a, 6a, 6b)
    8. Create materials and activities to promote family involvement in the classroom and in the home. (2a, 2b, 2c, 4a)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Family relationships        
    • Parenting skills
    • Creating partnerships         
    • Home visiting            
    • Families in classroom     
    • Community support        
    • Challenging attitudes        
    • The challenges and benefits of family/teacher relationships
    • Communication with families
    • Family conferences and meetings
    • Family/teacher relationships
    • Families of diverse backgrounds
    • Families in special circumstances
    • Parenting programs

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

     

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

     

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

       

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

     

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

       

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

     

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

     

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85% B
    84 - 75% C
    74 - 71% D
    70 - 0% F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 201 - Skills for Parenting


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated readiness for developmental English.
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Focuses on skill development in parents that provides knowledge regarding healthy development in young children, building self-esteem, communicating with young children, setting appropriate boundaries and nurturing emotional and social development in children. Examines models of parent education, parenting styles, and the need for parent empowerment. Analyzes the effects of parent involvement in children’s educational experiences.

    Students may be required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.

     

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Define and develop effective non-verbal and verbal communication skills for parenting education. (2b, 6c)
    2. Demonstrate effective ways to give and receive feedback. (2b, 6b, 6c)
    3. Recognize stages of physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development of young children. (1a, 1c)
    4. Provide families with  information and activities to support healthy growth and development in young children. (1a, 1c, 1d, 2c)
    5. Identify strategies for empowering families in child rearing. (1c, 1d, 2a, 2b, 2c, 4c)
    6. Provide families a variety of positive and developmentally appropriate guidance techniques. (2a, 2b)
    7. Demonstrate professionalism and respect for a variety of parenting styles. (2b, 4a, 6b)
    8. Explore and evaluate parenting education programs. (2c, 4c)
    9. Develop a parenting education program for an early care and education setting.    (2a, 2b, 2c, 4c)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Dimensions of parenthood
    • Diversity of contemporary families
    • Parenting strategies
    • Theoretical perspectives of parenting
    • The transition to parenthood
    • Childbirth and the newborn
    • Parenting infants and toddlers
    • Parenting young children
    • Parenting school-age children
    • Parenting adolescents, young adults, early adulthood
    • Parenting programs
    • Parenting in single-parenting family systems
    • Parenting in stepfamilies
    • Parenting in high-risk families
    • Special challenges of parenting

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

     

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

     

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

     

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

       

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

     

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

     

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85% B
    85 - 75% C
    74 - 71% D
    70 - 0% F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 204 - Families in Transition


    PREREQUISITES: ENGL 111 - English Composition  and SOCI 111 - Introduction to Sociology  or PSYC 101 - Introduction to Psychology  and ECED 120 - Child Growth and Development  
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Examines the stages of the family life cycle and interpersonal relationships among family members. Recognizes the impact of context and culture on the family’s ability to function.   Students are required to have direct contact with a family/families including interviews and observations to successfully complete this course.  Students are required to collaborate with peers and/or community stakeholders to develop a Service Learning project.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify and demonstrate respect for diverse family systems. (1c, 1d, 2a)
    2. Examine the child in the family from the family systems approach through interviews and observations. (4a, 2a)
    3. Identify the stages of the family life cycle. (1c)
    4. Identify and explain the ecological systems affecting the family. (4a, 2a, 1c)
    5. Research, analyze, and implement techniques for collaboration and partnership with families and community in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement (1d, 2b, 4a)
    6. Identify, develop, and use community resources and activities to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies. (1d, 2b, 2c, 2a)
    7. Analyze and assess family strengths, challenges, and preferences.  (1c, 2a)
    8. Explore and use the NAEYC Code of Ethics as a basis for all work with children, families, and communities. (6b)
    9. Identify the causes and impact of trauma and adverse childhood experiences. (1b)
    10. Identify, and demonstrate respect for trauma informed care practices. (1d)
    11. Complete a collaborative Service Learning Project which impacts children and families in the community.  (2a, 2b, 2c, 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e)
    12. Complete the NAEYC Key Assessment #2-Family Case Study and Resource Kit.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • NAEYC Code of Ethics
    • Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
    • Brofenbrenner’s Ecological systems
    • Early Childhood Theories
    • Socialization
    • Community Resources
    • Systems approach to child and family
    • Diverse family systems, cultures parenting styles, guidance techniques, influences, strengths, and challenges

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

     

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

     

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

     

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

       

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

     

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

     

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

     

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85% B
    84 - 75% C
    74 - 71% D
    70 - 0% F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree-seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards. The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Students may begin collecting artifacts when they begin their coursework. Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers. Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 205 - Early Care Practicum


    PREREQUISITES: Program Chair Approval, must be taken at the home campus
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    PRACTICUM HOURS MIN: 9
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2021

    Provides opportunity for practical experience through observation and supervised participation in childcare settings. This practicum offers experiences with age’s infant through school age and requires 144 hours of field experience in an approved early care setting. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.  Students must seek placement for practicum directly with the Program Chair during the semester before the practicum begins.  This course must be taken at the home campus.   Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Prepare and implement activities and experiences for physical, cognitive, creative, linguistic and affective development. (1a)
    2. Demonstrate and practice knowledge, skills, dispositions and standards of settings in relation to professionalism and developmentally appropriate practice.  (6a)
    3. Practice observation and recording skills. (3a, 3b)
    4. Observe and assist with activities and experiences in the early childhood setting using various assessment and observation tools. (3a, 3b)
    5. Support positive self-concept in self, children, families, and staff. (4a)
    6. Demonstrate pro-social and professional behavior. (6a)
    7. Select activities and techniques that promote individual skills and learning styles in children. (1a, 1b, 1c)
    8. Demonstrate communication competence in accordance with professional early childhood practices. (6a, 6c)
    9. Practice appropriate behavior and guidance strategies. (4a)
    10. Observe  environments that promote social, emotional, physical, cognitive, linguistic, and creative development of children. (1a, 3a)
    11. Demonstrate the ability to create individualized instruction for children. (4b, 4c)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Familiarity with the placement site and children/families/staff
    • Assist with planning and implementation of developmentally appropriate activities
    • Conduct developmental and program observations
    • Create and implement transition activities
    • Conduct development screening and evaluation through a case study project; 
    • Identify and address behavior concerns
    • Practice the policies and procedures of the practicum site

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

     

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

     

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

     

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

     

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

     

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
    Grading Scale

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85% B
    84 - 75% C
    74 - 71% D
    0 - 70% F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT: 

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 210 - Early Childhood Administration


    PREREQUISITES: ENGL 111 - English Composition  and ECED 120 - Child Growth and Development  
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Introduces principles of managing a licensed early care and education program; emphasizes the role of the administrator to include personnel,  program administration, and fiscal management. Explores client-community relations. Students may be required to complete observations and field experiences related to this course.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Investigate state licensing, quality rating system (QRIS), food program (CACFP), and accreditation. (6a, 6b, 6c)
    2. Complete a community needs assessment and design a comprehensive program plan appropriate for populations served including children with exceptionalities. (6a, 6e)
    3. Develop and analyze personnel policies, including the need for diversity, and procedures for early childhood programs. (6c, 6d)
    4. Examine federal guidelines for equal opportunities for employment as regulated by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. (6a, 6b)
    5. Develop and analyze a budget to meet a comprehensive program plan. (6a, 6b, 6e)
    6. Demonstrate interpersonal skills that encourage communication of program goals with families, community, and resource agencies including the use of technology. (2b, 2c, 4a, 6c)
    7. Demonstrate knowledge of skills and resources needed for effective management. (4b, 6c)
    8. Formulate a mission statement and philosophy appropriate for the population served. (4a, 6b)
    9. Identify evaluation tools and techniques to evaluate children, personnel, curriculum and the program. (4b, 5b, 6e)
    10. Demonstrate knowledge of procedures for emergency preparedness and universal precautions in early care and education programs. (6a, 6b)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Evaluation tools to monitor program including staff, facility, children and families
    • Develop an early care and education facility from conception to opening including: policies procedures for staff, families, and operational to meet guidelines of state, budgeting process, resources for the facility.  
    • Indiana state licensing regulations and Indiana Paths to Quality Standards for child care, 
    • NAEYC Accreditation Standards for Early Education Programs

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

     

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

     

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

     

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

       

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

     

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

     

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

     

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

       

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d


    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

     

    All degree-seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.   The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Students may begin collecting artifacts when they begin their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 213 - Infant and Toddler Programming


    PREREQUISITES: ECED 110 - Infant/Toddler Growth and Development  or ECED 120 - Child Growth and Development  
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

     

    Studies the program planning and operation for quality infant and toddler care and education. The students examine the teacher’s role in establishing positive and productive relationships with families.  Exploration of essential skills and dispositions in managing an effective program are considered. The students will investigate appropriate instructional strategies to enhance infant/toddler development. Students will develop activities to promote physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development of the young child, 0-36 months. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with infants and toddlers  related to this course (12 hours). Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Observe and assess needs of individual children to plan appropriate environments and curriculum to enhance his or her development. (3a, 3b, 3c)
    2. Plan, implement, and evaluate activities, which meet individual and group needs of infants and toddlers including the needs of the family. (1a,1b,1c,1d, 2a, 2b, 6e)
    3. Identify and organize activities, which promote physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development of infants and toddlers. (1a,1b,1c,1d)
    4. Observe and evaluate strategies and environments, for infants and toddlers.( 3a, 6e)
    5. Define characteristics of positive and productive teacher/family partnerships. (2a)
    6. Demonstrate knowledge of skills and dispositions needed for effective management of an infant and toddler program. (2c, 6a, 6c)
    7. Identify community resources available for all infants/toddlers and their families. (2c)

    8. Read and critique current research related to infant /toddler care and education. (6d)

    9. Recognize and use Indiana’s Foundations for Infants and Toddlers.(5a)



    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Review of theory and practice of infant/toddler care
    • Philosophy of infant/toddler care
    • Cultural and gender sensitivity for infant/toddler care
    • Early care and education program regulations
    • Review of infant and toddler developmental milestones
    • Role of the teacher in infant/toddler care
    • Review appropriate care plans for infants and toddlers
    • Environments for infants and toddlers
    • Curriculum for infants and toddlers
    • Observing  infants and toddlers
    • Relationship building with families
    • Community resources for infants,toddlers, and families

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

     

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

     

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d


    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 216 - Curriculum Planning for Early Childhood Administrators


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated competency in college-level English and 9 credit hours of ECED coursework OR program chair approval
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Overview of early childhood curriculum models from a developmentally appropriate perspective.  Evaluates early childhood curriculum models with an emphasis on demonstrated outcomes and ability to meet the comprehensive needs of the young child in his/her cultural context. Emphasizes the active involvement of early childhood educators and families in curriculum planning, implementation, and assessment. Develops advocacy skills for early childhood program administrators.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Review child growth and development as it relates to  curriculum development and Developmentally Appropriate Practice. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d)
    2. Review and analyze past and current learning theories as they apply to curriculum development and implementation. (4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    3. Recognize play as the basis for developmentally appropriate curriculum in the early childhood classroom. (4b)
    4. Evaluate early childhood environments to determine if they demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children. . (3c, 4a)
    5. Review and evaluate various curriculum models currently in use in early childhood settings. (3a, 3b, 5a, 5b, 6d)
    6. Define the teacher’s and the learner’s roles in various early childhood curriculum models. (1b, 1c, 1d, 4a, 4b, 4c)
    7. Demonstrate proficiency using authentic early childhood assessment methods. (3a, 3b, 3c)
    8. Demonstrate the use of assessment data to inform the development of early childhood curriculum. (3a, 3c, 6d, 6e)
    9. Select and develop a plan to implement a curriculum model that meets the developmental and cultural needs of a specific population of children to be served. (1d, 2a, 2b, 2c, 3a, 3c, 6e)
    10. Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement. (2b, 3d)
    11. Recognize and incorporate the Indiana Early Learning Foundations in developing curriculum. (5a, 5b, 5c)
    12. Discuss the implications of national and Indiana state policies in reforming, funding, and providing minimum standards for early childhood curriculum. (6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Child growth and development as it relates  to play and curriculum 
    • Learning theories 
    • Developmentally appropriate learning environments 
    • Developmentally appropriate curriculum 
    • Early childhood curriculum models 
    • Assessment data as a tool for curriculum development
    • Role of the family in the development and implementation of curriculum 
    • Authentic assessment tools for use with young children and early learning programs

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    x

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d


    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 218 - Leadership and Mentoring in Early Childhood


    PREREQUISITES: ENGL 111 - English Composition  and 9 credit hours of Early Childhood Education coursework and Program Chair approval
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    A basic introduction to the concept of leadership. Includes theories of leadership and teamwork and provides an opportunity for students to present a workshop to Early Childhood professionals and to establish a mentoring relationship with a mentee/candidate.. Students may be required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Identify and define a variety of leadership styles. (2a, 4a, 6a, 6b) 
    2. List strategies that can be used to construct knowledge and encourage peer support of learning. (6c)
    3. Review and use the NAEYC Code of Ethics. (6a, 6b)
    4. Design experiences that promote teamwork and collaboration among staff members. (6a, 6c)
    5. Study strategies and design opportunities for modeling effective, pro-social behaviors and assist in the professional growth of a mentee/candidate .(6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e)
    6. Design and implement staff development and mentoring programs.  (6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e)
    7. Affirm self as an early childhood professional and join a professional organization. (6a)
    8. Study techniques and avenues to advocate for early childhood issues in the local community. (6b)
    9. Practice skills and dispositions needed to  guide mentees/candidates . (6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Examine leadership in early childhood settings 
    • Identify student’s own style of leadership
    • Establish an early childhood mentoring relationship
    • Become familiar with professional organizations
    • Examine adult learning styles and methods.
    • NAEYC Code of Ethics

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

     

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

     

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

       

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

     

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

     

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

       

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

     

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

     

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

     

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

     

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

     

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

     

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

     

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

     

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d


    GRADING POLICY
    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 223 - School Age Programming


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated competency in college-level English
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Examines environments, materials, methods, and teaching strategies  for providing enriching experiences for the school age child. Explores developmentally appropriate experiences in the arts, science, math, technology, literacy, health and fitness, and social and emotional development in a school age child care setting. Reviews theories of  school-age growth and development, the importance of partnerships with families, and positive  guidance techniques for school age children. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children in this course (12 field hours).  Students may be required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Observe, participate in, and evaluate an environment which promotes the social, emotional, physical,cognitive, linguistic, and creative development of school age children.. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 4a, 6a, 7)
    2. Plan and implement developmentally appropriate activities to promote the  social, emotional, physical,  cognitive, linguistic, health and wellness, and creative development of school age children. (4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c, 6e)
    3. Recognize environments and utilize  strategies that enhance children’s prosocial behaviors in collaboration with their families. (1d, 2a, 2b, 4a, 4b, 4c, 6b, 6c)
    4. Use professional communication skills, including technology mediated strategies, to effectively support school-age children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues. (6c)
    5. Research and discuss licensing and accreditation criteria for school age programs and evaluate quality indicators in a school-age program. (3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 6b)
    6. Describe the state, local, and agency standards for reporting suspected child abuse and  neglect. (6a, 6b)
    7. Survey, describe and use the 40 Developmental Assets as a basis for curriculum planning. (4c)
    8. Identify potential child abuse and neglect indicators, including other forms of trauma, and list community resources that  promote trauma awareness and treatment. (2c, 3c, 6b)
    9. Research national, state and local school age advocacy organizations. (2c)
    10. Describe theories of school-age child growth and development. (1a)
    11. Complete Indiana ILEAD  training for Health and Safety Module 4- School Age.(6d)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • School-age social, emotional, physical, cognitive, linguistic,and creative development 
    • Creating developmentally appropriate activities for school-age children 
    • Environments and strategies to enhance prosocial behaviors 
    • Engaging and collaborating  with families 
    • Observation and Evaluation Skills 
    • Licensing and accreditation criteria for school-age programs
    • Procedures for reporting suspected child abuse 
    • Child abuse and neglect indicators 
    • National, state, and local school age organizations 
    • 40 Developmental Assets
    • Indiana I-LEAD Health and Safety Training
    • Indiana After School Network

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    x

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d


    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93% A 

     92 - 85% B 

     84 - 75% C 

     74 - 71% D 

     70 - 0% F 

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:    

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 225 - Infant Toddler Practicum


    PREREQUISITES: Program Chair Approval, must be taken at the home campus
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    PRACTICUM HOURS MIN: 9
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Provides opportunity for practical experiences through observation, assessment and supervised participation in an infant/toddler setting. Students develop, implement and assess appropriate environments and activities for children 6 - 36 weeks.   Requires 144 hours of practicum field experience.   Students will also engage in  small/large group peer seminar/lecture, asynchronous coursework, and instructor check-ins via zoom or on site as well as mentor feedback and evaluation of skills and dispositions. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.  Students must seek placement for practicum directly with the Program Chair during the semester before the practicum begins.  This course must be taken at the home campus.   Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules: Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection. 

     

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Apply knowledge of young children’s characteristics and needs and use a broad repertoire of intentional developmentally appropriate teaching/learning approaches while incorporating early learning standards and other resources to plan, implement, and evaluate meaningful activities and experiences in all domains of development for infants and toddlers. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    2. Demonstrate and practice professional knowledge, skills,dispositions, and reflective practices while upholding ethical standards and guidelines when involving oneself with the early childhood field. (6a, 6b, 6c, 6e)
    3. Engage in the assessment process and implement ethically appropriate  assessment methods including observation, data collection, and developmental screening tools/checklists, and demonstrate the ability to raise concerns with appropriate professional colleagues and families as necessary. (2b, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 4a)
    4. Plan, implement, and evaluate individualized instruction that recognizes the individual child’s unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and capacity to make choices.. (1b, 1d, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    5. Create and evaluate environments that promote all domains of development and ensure compliance with state licensing regulations and developmentally appropriate practices for infants and toddlers. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 4a, 4b, 4c)
    6. Demonstrate positive relationships, supportive interactions, and developmentally appropriate and culturally respectful guidance techniques for infants and toddlers. (2a, 4a, 4b, 4c)
    7. Engage in communication with families and model respect for diversity, inclusion,and family preferences and differences. (2a, 2b)
    8. Recognize and use Indiana’s Early Learning Foundations as a basis for planning developmentally appropriate and challenging activities for children. (1d, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6b)
    9. Engage in collaborative and reflective evaluation of skills and dispositions with the site mentor/cooperating teacher and the course instructor. (6c, 6d)
    10. Complete the NAEYC Key Assessment #3-Child Assessment Portfolio


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Using early learning standards to plan and implement meaningful activities and experiences
    • Assessment tools and the assessment process
    • Create and evaluate environments for appropriateness
    • Family communication
    • Respect for family preferences and differences
    • Professional skills and dispositions
    • Collaboration with other professionals
    • Ethical guidelines
    • Individualized instruction
    • Positive interaction with children, families, and colleagues
    • Developmentally appropriate and culturally respectful guidance techniques
    • State licensing regulations and standards of the setting

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    1 a,b,

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

     

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    3 a,c,f

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

     

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

       

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

    6a,d,j,k,r,,v

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e,k,t,v 7a, b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e, 7a, b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    x

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    3 a,i,o, 4d

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

     

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    3m, 4d,f,g,i

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    4 j,l,n

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

     

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    5 i,j,m,o,s, 6u

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    10 p,r,s,t

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    3 p,q,r, 9 d,e,f,g,i,j

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    10 f, r,s,t

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

     

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

     

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

     

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

     

    GRADING POLICY
    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 230 - The Exceptional Child


    PREREQUISITES: ENGL 111 - English Composition  and ECED 120 - Child Growth and Development  
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Provides an introduction to caring for and educating each exceptional child. Includes theories and practices for producing optimal developmental growth. Develops teaching techniques and explores public policy including legislative mandates. Explores the categories of special needs and provides methods for assistance. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children in this course (10 field hours).   Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify,describe, and discuss society’s changing attitudes including cultural differences towards children with special needs. (1b, 1c, 1d)
    2. Investigate various types of disabilities and developmental delays. (1b, 1d)
    3. Understand risk factors and teratogens that can be related to specific disabilities. (1a)
    4. Observe and design indoor and outdoor environments to evaluate compliance to meet the ability to meet the needs of children with exceptionalities. (4 field hours) (1a, 1b, 1c, 3b, 3c)
    5. Interview a teacher or early intervention service provider about working with children with exceptionalities. (2 field hours) (2c, 6a, 6c, 6d) 
    6. Interview a family of a child with exceptional needs (2 field hours). (2c, 6a, 6c, 6d) 
    7. Observe a child with exceptional needs in a classroom setting (2 field hours) (1a, 1b, 1c, 3b, 3c)
    8. Describe the main goals of early intervention. (1b, 1c, 1d)
    9. Explore federal legislation impacting children with disabilities and their families. (6b)
    10. Explain the term LRE (Least Restrictive Environment) and how this influences the services provided to infants, toddlers, preschoolers, and primary school age children with disabilities. (1d, 4b, 5c)
    11. Define  family/professional collaboration  in regards to assessment, modifications of curriculum, and services provided to form respectful, reciprocal relationships. (2b, 3d)
    12. Explain the IFSP/IEP process and the requirements of each. (3a, 3b, 3c, 3d)
    13. Develop strategies to work with children with exceptionalities including those impacted by trauma and support inclusion in the classroom setting. (1a, 1b, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6b)
    14.  Determine and write instructional goals and create a differentiated learning plan for a child with exceptional needs. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 3b, 3c, 4b, 4c, 5c, 6b, 6c, 6e)
    15. Create adaptive materials to use with children with exceptionalities.special needs. (1a, 1b, 1c, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6c, 6e) 
    16. Complete NAEYC Key Assessment #6- Differentiated Instruction Project. 
    17. Complete a minimum of  12 hours of field experience which includes preparation/planning (including creation of materials)/observation, interviews, implementation/assessment/working directly with children with exceptional needs, and reflection, evaluation and professional communication with the site mentor/cooperating teacher.  (6e, 7)

     

    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Typical and atypical development 
    • Research based practices related to inclusion
    • Accommodations and adaptations  
    • Adapting the environment for exceptional children
    • IEP/IFSP
    • Special education terminology, labels and statistics
    • History of special education and the different special education roles
    • Addressing the cultural and linguistic diversity of special education students
    • The parent/guardian-professional relationship
    • Family dynamics
    • Characteristics of different exceptionalities

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

     

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

     

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

       

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

     

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

     

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

     

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

     

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    x

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

     

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

     

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

     

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

       

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

     

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

     

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

       

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

     

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

     

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

     

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

     

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

       

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

       

     
    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93% A
    92 - 85% B
    84 - 75% C
    74 - 71% D
    70 - 0% F


    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:    

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 233 - Emerging Literacy


    PREREQUISITES: ENGL 111 - English Composition  and ECED 103 - Curriculum in the Early Childhood Classroom  
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Explores the aspects of early literacy and language skill development in young children from birth through third grade.  Analyzes the vital role adults play in supporting children’s language arts development. The course identifies age-appropriate practices and materials provided in the learning environment that support meaningful speech, listening skills and fundamental concept development about print.  Students will explore techniques, technological tools and other learning opportunities that encourage positive attitudes in children regarding listening, speaking, reading and writing activities.  In the course, students will research, examine and explore the use of observation in screening and assessment to promote healthy literacy development in early childhood education.  Lab and field experiences are included. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course (32 hours).  Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify and define the emergence of speech and auditory skills in children, birth through third grade. (1a, 1b, 1c)
    2. Recognize and evaluate the aspects of the learning environment that support the emergence of literacy skill development in children. (1a, 1d, 4c)
    3. Identify, observe, and evaluate the developmental stages of writing in young children (1a, 1d, 3a, 3b)
    4. Identify, observe, and evaluate the developmental stages of the Concepts of Print with young children (1a, 1d, 3a, 3b)
    5. Identify the importance of the adult role in providing an appropriate communication model that supports active listening, meaningful vocabulary development, and supports an appreciation of print/media, language and literacy. (1a, 1b, 4a)
    6. Explore cultural influences in language and literacy development in children. (1a, 1b, 1c)
    7. Select and evaluate developmentally appropriate literature for young children. (1a, 1b, 4c)
    8. Develop activities that support families in providing emerging literacy activities for the home (2a, 2b, 4a)
    9. Define and discuss  the use  of technology in relation to language and literacy development in early childhood. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d)
    10. Identify the use of observations, assessments, and screenings when planning language arts activities for young children. (3a, 3b, 3c)
    11. Plan,  implement, and evaluate activities and experiences to promote emergent literacy, and be evaluated by the instructor in an early learning classroom.; (1a, 1b, 1c, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    12. Recognize and use the  Indiana Early Learning Foundations for Infants, Toddlers, and Preschoolers  and Indiana Academic Standards for Language Arts for K-3. (5a, 5b, 5c, 6b)
    13. Complete a minimum of 32 hours of field experience which includes 16 hours for preparation/planning (including creation of materials)/observation, 8 hours for implementation/assessment/working directly with children, and 8 hours for reflection, evaluation and professional communication with the site mentor/cooperating teacher.  (6e, 7)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Linguistic development birth- grade 3
    • Children’s literature
    • Technology   
    • Screening and assessment tools  
    • Emergent literacy 
    • Family involvement
    • Language Arts activities
    • Receptive language skills
    • Expressive language skills

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    1. a, b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    1. b, e, f

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

    1. b, g, h 

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

     

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    3. a, b, c

    7. m, o

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

     

    1. k

    2. k 

    3. f

    10. d, q

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

    6. a, c, g, k, l

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e,k,t,v

    7. a, b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    6.a, b, c, d, e

    7.a,b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

       

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    3. a, i, o

    4. d

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    3. d, I, j, l, o, p

    4. e, f

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    3. m  

    4. d, f, g,  (?)

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    4. j, l, n

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

     

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    5. i, j, m, o, s

    6. u 

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

       

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    3. p, q, r  

    9.d,e,f,g,i, j, l, n, o

       

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

       

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9. b, e, i

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    7. q

    9. e, h, l, m

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

     

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

     

     
    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 235 - Preschool Practicum


    PREREQUISITES: Program Chair Approval, must be taken at the home campus
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    PRACTICUM HOURS MIN: 9
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Provides opportunity for practical experiences through observation, assessment and supervised participation in a preschool setting. Students develop, implement and assess appropriate environments and activities for children ages 3-5.   Requires 144 hours of practicum field experience.   Students will also engage in  small/large group peer seminar/lecture, asynchronous coursework, and instructor check-ins via zoom or on site as well as mentor feedback and evaluation of skills and dispositions. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.  Students must seek placement for practicum directly with the Program Chair during the semester before the practicum begins.  This course must be taken at the home campus.   Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules: Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Apply knowledge of young children’s characteristics and needs and use a broad repertoire of intentional developmentally appropriate teaching/learning approaches while incorporating early learning standards and other resources to plan, implement, and evaluate meaningful activities and experiences in all domains of development for preschoolers. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    2. Demonstrate and practice professional knowledge, skills,dispositions, and reflective practices while upholding ethical standards and guidelines when involving oneself with the early childhood field. (6a, 6b, 6c, 6e)
    3. Engage in the assessment process and implement ethically appropriate  assessment methods including observation, data collection, and developmental screening tools/checklists, and demonstrate the ability to raise concerns with appropriate professional colleagues and families as necessary. (2b, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 4a)
    4. Plan, implement, and evaluate individualized instruction that recognizes the individual child’s unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and capacity to make choices.. (1b, 1d, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    5. Create and evaluate environments that promote all domains of development and ensure compliance with state licensing regulations and developmentally appropriate practices for preschool. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 4a, 4b, 4c)
    6. Demonstrate positive relationships, supportive interactions, and developmentally appropriate and culturally respectful guidance techniques for preschool. (2a, 4a, 4b, 4c)
    7. Engage in communication with families and model respect for diversity, inclusion,and family preferences and differences. (2a, 2b)
    8. Recognize and use Indiana’s Early Learning Foundations as a basis for planning developmentally appropriate and challenging activities for children. (1d, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6b)
    9. Engage in collaborative and reflective evaluation of skills and dispositions with the site mentor/cooperating teacher and the course instructor. (6c, 6d)
    10. Complete the NAEYC Key Assessment #3-Child Assessment Portfolio. 


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Using early learning standards to plan and implement meaningful activities and experiences
    • Assessment tools and the assessment process
    • Create and evaluate environments for appropriateness
    • Family communication
    • Respect for family preferences and differences
    • Professional skills and dispositions
    • Collaboration with other professionals
    • Ethical guidelines
    • Individualized instruction
    • Positive interaction with children, families, and colleagues
    • Developmentally appropriate and culturally respectful guidance techniques
    • State licensing regulations and standards of the setting

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    1 a,b,

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

     

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    3 a,c,f

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

     

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

       

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

    6a,d,j,k,r,,v

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e,k,t,v 7a, b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e, 7a, b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    x

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    3 a,i,o, 4d

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

     

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    3m, 4d,f,g,i

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    4 j,l,n

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

     

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    5 i,j,m,o,s, 6u

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    10 p,r,s,t

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    3 p,q,r, 9 d,e,f,g,i,j

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    10 f, r,s,t

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

     

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

     

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

     

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

     

    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 243 - Cognitive Curriculum


    PREREQUISITES: ECED 103 - Curriculum in the Early Childhood Classroom , ECED 120 - Child Growth and Development  
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Review cognitive theories of development in relation to the domains of early learning.  Analyze appropriate problem solving, math, science, and social studies curriculum in early childhood settings.  Create and implement curriculum in the domains of early learning utilizing appropriate child outcomes assessment.  Reflect upon implementation of activities and assessment with children. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children (32 hours) as related to this course and be evaluated by the course instructor.  Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Review and identify  theories, principles and research that serve as a guide to implementation of best practices in support of cognitive development in young children. (1a, 4b)
    2. Describe brain development in young children including executive function, learning motivation, and approaches to play and learning. (1a, 4b)
    3. Observe a selected age group of children and plan  developmentally appropriate learning activities/lessons.(3a, 3b, 3c)
    4. Observe  and analyze environments and activities in relation to children’s learning.  (1b, 3c, 3d)
    5. Plan, implement and evaluate learning experiences for young children which promote math, science and social studies skills. (1d, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5a)
    6. Explore the use of technology in the classroom as a teacher resource, and learning opportunity for children. (6c)
    7. Examine and self-reflect on teaching practices, ways to support young learners, sources of professional knowledge, and assumptions about the early childhood field with a spirit of inquiry. (6e)
    8. Select,use, and reflect on assessments that are appropriate for the developmental stage, culture, language, and abilities of children being assessed. (3a, 3b, 3c)
    9.  Recognize and use Indiana’s Early Learning Foundations as a basis for planning developmentally appropriate and challenging learning experiences with experiences for infants,  and toddlers and preschoolers utilizing the Indiana Early Learning Foundations. (5c)
    10. Review and critique credible professional literature/resources to support student’s understanding of effective planning of content areas, domains of learning and assessment techniques. (5b, 6c)
    11. Plan and engage children in hands-on learning activities and document the learning process through photographs, anecdotal notes, and child dictations in order to complete the NAEYC Key Assessment #4-Documentation Board. (1a, 1b, 1d, 3a, 3b, 3c,4a,4b,4c,5a,5b, 5c, 6e)
    12. Complete a minimum of 32 hours of field experience which includes 16 hours for preparation/planning (including creation of materials)/observation, 8 hours for implementation/assessment/working directly with children, and 8 hours for reflection, evaluation and professional communication with the site mentor/cooperating teacher.  (6e, 7)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Promoting young children’s concept development through problem solving
    • Developmentally appropriate assessment processes
    • Assess development of selected age group of children
    • Use of appropriate assessment tools 
    • Fundamental concepts in inquiry, math, science and social studies
    • Plan, implement, and evaluate  activities/lessons in math, science and social studies
    • Environmental materials and teacher resources for math, science and social studies
    • Indiana Early Childhood Foundations and/or Indiana Academic Foundations
    • Appropriate use of open ended questions as a means of guiding children’s problem solving skills
    • Documentation of children’s work
    • Self reflection

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    2.a-b; 5.b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    2.a; 3.a-b; 5.b

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

       

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    4.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

     

    5.a-b

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

     

    5.a-b; 7.b

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

     

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 5.a-b; 8.c-d

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a-b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    3.b; 6.a-b; 7.a-b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    x

    3.b; 5.a-b; 7.b

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    5.a; 7.b

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    2.a-b; 4.a-b; 8.a-b

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.a-b

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

    3.a; 5.a; 7.a-b

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    7.a-b; 3.b; 8.b

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

     

    9.a, b, c, d

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

     

    9.f, j, o

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    9.c, d, f

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

     

    9.a, b, c, d, 

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    9.f, o

    2.a-b; 3.a-b; 4.a-b; 5.a-b; 6.a-b; 8.a-d

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

    1.a, b, c; 3.b, c, d

     
    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 245 - School Age Practicum


    PREREQUISITES: Program Chair Approval, must be taken at the home campus
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    PRACTICUM HOURS MIN: 9
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Provides opportunity for practical experiences through observation, assessment and supervised participation in a school age setting. Students develop, implement and assess appropriate environments and activities for children in grades K-3.   Requires 144 hours of practicum field experience.   Students will also engage in  small/large group peer seminar/lecture, asynchronous coursework, and instructor check-ins via zoom or on site as well as mentor feedback and evaluation of skills and dispositions. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.  Students must seek placement for practicum directly with the Program Chair during the semester before the practicum begins.  This course must be taken at the home campus.   Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules: Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Apply knowledge of young children’s characteristics and needs and use a broad repertoire of intentional developmentally appropriate teaching/learning approaches while incorporating early learning standards and other resources to plan, implement, and evaluate meaningful activities and experiences in all domains of development for school age children. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    2. Demonstrate and practice professional knowledge, skills,dispositions, and reflective practices while upholding ethical standards and guidelines when involving oneself with the early childhood field. (6a, 6b, 6c, 6e)
    3. Engage in the assessment process and implement ethically appropriate  assessment methods including observation, data collection, and developmental screening tools/checklists, and demonstrate the ability to raise concerns with appropriate professional colleagues and families as necessary. (2b, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 4a)
    4. Plan, implement, and evaluate individualized instruction that recognizes the individual child’s unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and capacity to make choices.. (1b, 1d, 4a, 4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    5. Create and evaluate environments that promote all domains of development and ensure compliance with state licensing regulations and developmentally appropriate practices for school age. (1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 4a, 4b, 4c)
    6. Demonstrate positive relationships, supportive interactions, and developmentally appropriate and culturally respectful guidance techniques for school age. (2a, 4a, 4b, 4c)
    7. Engage in communication with families and model respect for diversity, inclusion,and family preferences and differences. (2a, 2b)
    8. Recognize and use Indiana’s Early Learning Foundations and/or Indiana Academic Standards, as appropriate to the setting and age group, as a basis for planning developmentally appropriate and challenging activities for children. (1d, 4b, 4c, 5b, 5c, 6b)
    9. Engage in collaborative and reflective evaluation of skills and dispositions with the site mentor/cooperating teacher and the course instructor. (6c, 6d)
    10. Complete the NAEYC Key Assessment #3-Child Assessment Portfolio.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Using early learning standards/state academic standards to plan and implement meaningful activities and experiences
    • Assessment tools and the assessment process
    • Create and evaluate environments for appropriateness
    • Family communication
    • Respect for family preferences and differences
    • Professional skills and dispositions
    • Collaboration with other professionals
    • Ethical guidelines
    • Individualized instruction
    • Positive interaction with children, families, and colleagues
    • Developmentally appropriate and culturally respectful guidance techniques
    • State licensing regulations and standards of the setting

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    1 a,b,

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

     

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

     

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    3 a,c,f

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

     

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

       

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

    6a,d,j,k,r,,v

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e,k,t,v 7a, b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e, 7a, b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    x

     

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    3 a,i,o, 4d

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

     

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    3m, 4d,f,g,i

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    4 j,l,n

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

     

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    5 i,j,m,o,s, 6u

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    10 p,r,s,t

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    3 p,q,r, 9 d,e,f,g,i,j

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    10 f, r,s,t

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

     

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

     

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

     

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

     

    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 255 - Generalist Practicum


    PREREQUISITES: Program Chair Approval, must be taken at the home campus
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    PRACTICUM HOURS MIN: 9
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Provides opportunity for practical experience through observation and supervised participation and assessments in an early childhood setting.  Students will develop and implement appropriate program plans and activities.  Requires 144 hours of field experience. Students are required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.  Students must seek placement for practicum directly with the Program Chair during the semester before the practicum begins. This course must be taken at the home campus. Students are required to meet personnel requirements for child care licensing which may include, but are not limited to:  FBI fingerprints, 5 panel drug screen, TB test, physical/vaccination history, criminal history checks, CPS registry checks, reference checks, Covid-19 protocols, and completion of the ILEAD mandatory training modules- Health and Safety Modules 1-4, Intro to the Indiana Early Learning Foundations, and Child Abuse Prevention and Detection.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Engage in and reflect upon experiences, activities, and projects that promote the mission of the agency. (6a, 6e)
    2. Demonstrate and practice professional knowledge, skills, and dispositions while upholding ethical standards and guidelines when involving oneself with the early childhood field. (6a, 6b)
    3. Engage in communication with families or clients and model respect for diversity and family/client differences. (2a, 2b, 4a)
    4. Establish professional relationships with administrators and become familiar with their roles, responsibilities , and leadership styles. (4a, 6a, 6c)
    5. Read and review topical literature as related to professionalism and/or the mission of the agency. (6a, 6c, 6e)
    6. Reflect on experiences from the setting in terms of one’s own professional development. (6e)
    7. Develop and implement various techniques, tools, survey instruments, interview processes, or other appropriate assessment methods. (3a, 3b, 3c)
    8. Recognize and use Indiana’s Early Learning Foundations and Indiana Academic Standards as a basis for planning developmentally appropriate and challenging activities for children.  (4b, 4c, 5a, 5b, 5c)
    9. Complete the NAEYC Key Assessment #3-Child Assessment Portfolio.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Field experience in an administrative capacity
    • Administration roles and responsibilities
    • Leadership styles
    • Professionalism
    • Diversity
    • Activities and projects that promote the mission of the agency
    • Extensive self-reflection

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

       

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

       

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

       

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

       

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    3 a,c,f

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

     

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

       

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

     

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

     

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e, 7a, b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

       

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    3 a,i,o, 4d

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

     

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    3m, 4d,f,g,i

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

     

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

     

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

     

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    10 p,r,s,t

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    3 p,q,r, 9 d,e,f,g,i,j

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

     

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

       

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

     

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

     

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

     

    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT: 

    All degree-seeking students will be expected to present examples coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECED 260 - Early Childhood Professional


    PREREQUISITES: Program Chair Approval, must be taken at the home campus, should be taken during the last two semesters of the program with minimal ECED courses remaining
    PROGRAM: Early Childhood Education
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2021

    Examines and consolidates knowledge of early childhood philosophies, theories, and advocacy.  Students will reflect on their professional knowledge, skills, and dispositions related to early education.  Students will  prepare a professional portfolio to showcase development and integration of knowledge, self-reflection, and application of course work using the NAEYC Standards for Early Childhood Professionals. 

    Students may be required to complete observations and field experiences with children as related to this course.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Examine and reflect upon theories and philosophies in early childhood education. (5a, 6b)
    2. Analyze, reflect on, and revise a previous philosophy statement written in an earlier course.  (6e)
    3. Describe professional short-term and long-term educational and career goals. (6a, 6e)
    4. Identify and apply NAEYC Code of Ethical Conduct to an ethical dilemma or issue.(6b)
    5. Identify, research, and develop a plan for an advocacy issue to be presented-NAEYC Key Assessment Advocacy Project. (2a, 6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, 6e)
    6. Utilize digital technologies to store, retrieve, manipulate and transmit information. (6c)
    7. Identify and apply NAEYC Standards and Key Competencies to design and defend a   professional portfolio. (all)
    8. Complete NAEYC Key Assessment- Advocacy Project
    9. All NAEYC Key Assessments must be completed/provided to the home campus. (ECED 120  - KA 1; ECED 204  - KA 2; ECED 225  , ECED 235  , ECED 245  , ECED 255  - KA 3;  ECED 230  - KA 4, ECED 243  -KA 5; ECED 260-KA 6)
    10. Provide documentation to meet NAEYC Standard 7-Field Experiences. (If a student does not meet NAEYC Standard 7 prior to this course, those field experiences must be completed.)


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • NAEYC Standards         
    • Personal Early Childhood Education Philosophy 
    • NAEYC  Code of Ethics
    • Advocacy
    • Career Pathways
    • Theories of Education                
    • Philosophies of Education            

     

    GENERAL EDUCATION OUTCOMES MEASURE:

    All associate degree graduates must complete the Ivy Tech General Education assessment in their capstone course.  This is a capstone course requirement.  The instructor will advise when and how the assessment will be administered.  Performance on the assessment will be part of the course grade.  Please consult your instructor with questions.

     

    2021 NAEYC Professional Standards and Competencies for Early Childhood Educators

    STANDARD 1 

    Child Development and Learning in Context

    NAEYC Standards covered in this course

    INTASC Standards Alignment

    1a: Understand the developmental period of early childhood from birth through age 8 across physical, cognitive, social and emotional, and linguistic domains, including bilingual/multilingual development.

    x

    1 a,b

    1b: Understand and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, experiences, strengths, interests, abilities, challenges, approaches to learning, and with the capacity to make choices.

    x

    1 b,e,f

    1c: Understand the ways that child development and the learning process occur in multiple contexts, including family, culture, language, community, and early learning setting, as well as in a larger societal context that includes structural inequities.

    x

     

    1d: Use this multidimensional knowledge-that is, knowledge about the developmental period of early childhood, about individual children, and about development and learning in cultural contexts-to make evidence-based decisions that support each child

    x

    1 b,g,h

    STANDARD 2 

    Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections

     

    2a: Know about, understand, and value the diversity of families.

    x

    3 a,c,f

    2b: Collaborate as partners with families in young children’s development and learning through respectful, reciprocal relationships and engagement.

    x

    3a,b,c, 7m,o

    2c: Use community resources to support young children’s learning and development and to support families, and build partnerships between early learning settings, schools, and community organizations and agencies.

    x

    1 k, 2 k, 3f, 10 d, q

    STANDARD 3 

    Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment

     

    3a: Understand that assessments (formal and informal, formative and summative) are conducted to make informed choices about instruction and for planning in early learning settings.

    x

    6a,d,j,k,r,,v

    3b: Know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e,k,t,v 7a, b

    3c: Use screening and assessment tools in ways that are ethically grounded and developmentally, ability, culturally, and linguistically appropriate in order to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child.

    x

    6.a,b,c,d,e, 7a, b

    3d: Build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues.

    x

    3a,b,c, 7m,o

    STANDARD 4 

    Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices

     

    4a: Understand and demonstrate positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators’ work with young children.

    x

    3 a,i,o, 4d

    4b: Understand and use teaching skills that are responsive to the learning trajectories of young children and to the needs of each child, recognizing that differentiating instruction, incorporating play as a core teaching practice, and supporting the development of executive function skills are critical for young children.

    x

    5 b,cd,f,i,m,s,8k

    4c: Use a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate, culturally and linguistically relevant, anti-bias, evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect the principles of universal design for learning.

    x

    3m, 4d,f,g,i

    STANDARD 5 

    Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum

     

    5a: Understand content knowledge- the central concepts, methods and tools of inquiry, and structure-and resources for the academic disciplines in an early childhood curriculum.

    x

    4 j,l,n

    5b: Understand pedagogical content knowledge-how young children learn in each discipline-and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 to support young children’s learning in each content area.

    x

    4j, 5 b,cd,f,i,m,s

    5c: Modify teaching practices by applying, expanding, integrating, and updating their content knowledge in the disciplines, their knowledge of curriculum content resources, and their pedagogical content knowledge.

    x

    5 i,j,m,o,s, 6u

    STANDARD 6 

    Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator

     

    6a: Identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the profession.

    x

    10 p,r,s,t

    6b: Know about and uphold ethical and other early childhood professional guidelines.

    x

    3 p,q,r, 9 d,e,f,g,i,j

    6c: Use professional communication skills, including technology-mediated strategies, to effectively support young children’s learning and development and to work with families and colleagues.

    x

    10 f, r,s,t

    6d: Engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice.

    x

    6 r,s,t

    6e: Develop and sustain the habit of reflective and intentional practice in their daily work with young children and as members of the early childhood profession.

    x

    10 a,b,c,p,q

    STANDARD 7 

    Field Experiences

     

    7a: Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three early childhood age groups (birth - age 3, 3-5, 5-8)

    x

    7 a,b,e,n,o,q,10a, b,l,m,n,r,s,t

    7b:  Opportunities to observe and practice in at least two of the three main types of early education settings (early school grades, child care centers and homes, Head Start programs)

    x

    7 a,b,e,n,o,q,10a, b,l,m,n,r,s,t


    GRADING POLICY
     

    100 - 93%    A

    92 - 85%    B

    84 - 75%    C

    74 - 71%    D

    70 -   0%    F

     

    PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT:

    All degree seeking students will be expected to present examples of coursework that they deem suitable for a cumulative portfolio that will be reviewed prior to graduation.  The portfolio will contain several artifacts and reflection pieces as evidence of the students’ demonstrated understanding of early childhood principles as outlined by INTASC and NAEYC standards.  The cumulative portfolio should document each student’s dispositions and competencies reflected in assignments throughout their coursework.  Creating a portfolio has value to students, the Ivy Tech Community College early childhood education program and potential employers.  Students should select from a variety of assignments and are free to confer with their instructor about alternate choices of material.

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  


Economics (ECON)

  
  • ECON 101 - Economics Fundamentals


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated competency through appropriate assessment or earning a grade of “C” or better in ENGL 093 - Introduction to College Writing  and ENGL 083 - Reading Strategies for College  or ENGL 095 - Integrated Reading and Writing , or ENGL 075 - Co-Requisite Integrated Reading & Writing , and MATH 023 - Essentials of Algebra , MATH 080 - Mathematical Principles , or testing into MATH 122   
    PROGRAM: Social Sciences
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    Provides a survey of microeconomics, macroeconomics, international economics, comparative economic systems, historical development of economic thought, and their application to current economic problems. An introductory course intended primarily for students who need only one semester of economics.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Apply the concepts of scarcity, choice, opportunity costs, and marginal analysis.
    2. Contrast how different economic systems allocate scarce resources within a society and the main characteristics of each system.
    3. Demonstrate how the market price system acts as a resource allocation mechanism and analyze how prices react to changes in supply and/or demand in the economy.
    4. Explain the concept of market failure and critically analyze the outcomes when market interventions are implemented.
    5. Analyze critical economic statistics (GDP, Inflation, and Unemployment) and critique practical programs associated with their measurements.
    6. Describe the forces that determine aggregate economic activity and explore the trade-offs between unemployment, inflation and economic growth.
    7. Compare and contrast monetary policy with fiscal policy in terms of their implementation, outcomes, and consequences.
    8. Describe the economic interdependencies of nations and analyze the benefits and consequences of globalization in the labor market.
    9. Compare and contrast differing schools of economic thought.
    10. Utilize the tools of supply and demand analysis to graphically analyze potential solutions to economic and social problems.
    11. Distinguish between the national budget deficit and debt; discuss the implications of a growing national debt.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Science of choices
    • Basic principles of microeconomics
    • Opportunity cost
    • Historical development
    • Supply and demand
    • Basic principles of macroeconomics
    • Elasticity
    • Cost benefit analysis
    • Impact of inflation
    • Comparative advantage
    • Trade restrictions
    • Comparative economic systems
    • Aggregate supply
    • Fiscal policy and monetary policy
    • Keynesian analysis
    • Monetary theory
    • Aggregate demand

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECON 201 - Principles of Macroeconomics


    PREREQUISITES: ENGL 111 - English Composition  and demonstrated competency through appropriate assessment or earning a grade of “C” or better in MATH 023 - Essentials of Algebra  or MATH 080 - Mathematical Principles  
    PROGRAM: Social Sciences
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    A descriptive and analytical study of fundamental concepts of national economics. It includes an analysis of the determination and fluctuations in national income and employment, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade and finance. Economic analysis of monetary and fiscal policies is stressed.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe and discuss alternative measures of macroeconomics performance and their limitations.
    2. Demonstrate how supply and demand interact to determine market prices.
    3. Demonstrate how the tools of aggregate demand and aggregate supply are used to determine macroeconomics equilibrium.
    4. Describe the nature, creation, and valuation of money within the macroeconomy.
    5. Describe and evaluate the dynamics and effectiveness of fiscal and monetary policy.
    6. Describe the basis of, and gains from, international trade.
    7. Analyze the consequences of trade for international financial flows.
    8. Compare and contrast various schools of thought with regard to monetary and fiscal policy.
    9. Contrast various ways in which different economic systems allocate scarce resources within society.
    10. Differentiate between the main macroeconomic theories of the business cycle.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Aggregate Demand
    • Gross domestic product
    • Aggregate Supply
    • Growth and productivity
    • Austrian School
    • International Trade
    • Balance of payment analysis
    • Interest rates
    • Business cycles
    • Keynesian School
    • Capital accumulation
    • Macroeconomic equilibrium
    • Chicago School
    • Monetary policy
    • Components of a market economy
    • Money
    • Deflation
    • Multiplier effects
    • Economic Interdependence
    • Nominal and real value
    • Exchange rate
    • Production
    • Federal Reserve Banking System
    • Unemployment
    • Fiscal policy
    • Full Employment
    • Income analysis

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECON 201H - Principles of Macroeconomics (Honors)


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Honors College
    PROGRAM: Social Sciences
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2018

    A descriptive and analytical study of fundamental concepts of national economics.  It includes an analysis of the determination and fluctuations in national income and employment, monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade and finance.  Economic analysis of monetary and fiscal policies is stressed.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Describe and discuss alternative measures of macroeconomics performance and their limitations.
    2. Demonstrate how supply and demand interact to determine market prices.
    3. Demonstrate how the tools of aggregate demand and aggregate supply are used to determine macroeconomics equilibrium.
    4. Describe the nature, creation, and valuation of money within the macroeconomy.
    5. Describe and evaluate the dynamics and effectiveness of fiscal and monetary policy.
    6. Describe the basis of, and gains from, international trade.
    7. Analyze the consequences of trade for international financial flows.
    8. Compare and contrast various schools of thought with regard to monetary and fiscal policy.
    9. Contrast various ways in which different economic systems allocate scarce resources within society.
    10. Differentiate between the main macroeconomic theories of the business cycle.
    11. Examine the historical development of macroeconomics.
    12. Demonstrate advanced skills in analysis, synthesis, and evaluation (at a higher level than the general student population) as demonstrated through assessment.
    13. Conduct comprehensive research that demonstrates an advanced understanding of research methodologies and their implications for positive as well as normative economic analysis.
    14. Demonstrate preparation for future undergraduate and graduate studies through examples of leadership, high levels of scholarship and dedication to learning. 
    15. Develop collaboration and camaraderie with student and faculty scholars, creating a strong network for mutual, intellectual, and social support.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Aggregate Demand
    • Gross domestic product
    • Aggregate Supply
    • Growth and productivity
    • Austrian School
    • International Trade
    • Balance of payment analysis
    • Interest rates
    • Business cycles
    • Keynesian School
    • Capital accumulation
    • Macroeconomic equilibrium
    • Chicago School
    • Monetary policy
    • Components of a market economy
    • Money
    • Deflation
    • Multiplier effects
    • Economic Interdependence
    • Nominal and real value
    • Exchange rate
    • Production
    • Federal Reserve Banking System
    • Unemployment
    • Fiscal policy
    • Advanced research methods
    • Full Employment
    • Income analysis

    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  
  
  • ECON 202 - Principles of Microeconomics


    PREREQUISITES: ENGL 111 - English Composition  and demonstrated competency through appropriate assessment or earning a grade of “C” or better in MATH 023 - Essentials of Algebra  or MATH 080 - Mathematical Principles  
    PROGRAM: Social Sciences
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2018

    A descriptive and analytical study of the market economy and how it allocates resources. Emphasis is placed on consumer behavior, market structure, pricing, and distribution and determination of wealth and income.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Apply economic models to illustrate the concepts of scarcity and marginal analysis in consumer decision-making and firm production decisions.
    2. Explain precisely how economists use the terms supply and demand and demonstrate how they interact to determine market equilibrium.
    3. Differentiate between main elasticity measures and identify what each measure attempts to evaluate.
    4. Discuss the origin of supply in resource productivity and cost.
    5. Apply supply and demand to analyze the efficiency of markets.
    6. Analyze how market forces influence the firm’s output and price decisions under pure and imperfect competition.
    7. Analyze the impact that an excise tax has on the market and identify the difference between the legal and economic incidence of a tax.
    8. Relate the potential outcomes for firms in both the short and long run under models of perfect and imperfect competition.
    9. Demonstrate how market forces influence resource market equilibrium.
    10. Identify the source and nature of market and government failures.
    11. Apply economic models to illustrate the benefits of specialization and trade.
    12. Compare neoclassical microeconomic theory with alternative schools of thought.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Asymmetrical Information
    • Neoclassical microeconomic theory
    • Behavioral Theory
    • Private sector
    • Elasticity
    • Productivity concepts
    • Elements of the market economy
    • Public sectors
    • Marginal Analysis
    • Scarcity
    • Market structures
    • Supply and demand

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • ECON 202H - Principles of Microeconomics (Honors)


    PREREQUISITES: Admission into the Honors College
    PROGRAM: Social Sciences
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2018

    A descriptive and analytical study of the market economy and how it allocates resources. Emphasis is placed on consumer behavior, market structure, pricing, and distribution and determination of wealth and income.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Apply economic models to illustrate the concepts of scarcity and marginal analysis in consumer decision-making and firm production decisions. 
    2. Explain precisely how economists use the terms supply and demand and demonstrate how they interact to determine market equilibrium. 
    3. Differentiate between main elasticity measures and identify what each measure attempts to evaluate. 
    4. Discuss the origin of supply in resource productivity and cost.
    5. Apply supply and demand to analyze the efficiency of markets.
    6. Analyze how market forces influence the firm’s output and price decisions under pure and imperfect competition.
    7. Analyze the impact that an excise tax has on the market and identify the difference between the legal and economic incidence of a tax. 
    8. Relate the potential outcomes for firms in both the short and long run under models of perfect and imperfect competition. 
    9. Demonstrate how market forces influence resource market equilibrium.    
    10. Identify the source and nature of market and government failures.    
    11. Apply economic models to illustrate the benefits of specialization and trade.
    12. Compare neoclassical microeconomic theory with alternative schools of thought.
    13. Demonstrate advanced skills in analysis, synthesis, and evaluation (at a higher level than the general student population) as demonstrated through assessment. 
    14. Conduct comprehensive research that demonstrates an advanced understanding of research methodologies.
    15. Engage with complex issues that expose them to diverse ideas, peoples, and to interdisciplinary ways of thinking that develop/enhance their critical thinking skills and promote continuous learning outside the classroom.
    16. Exhibit dedication and preparation for future undergraduate and graduate studies through high levels of academic performance and scholarship.
    17. Develop collaboration and camaraderie with student and faculty scholars, creating a strong network for mutual, intellectual and social support.
    18. Honor’s student writing demonstrates: focus, organization, support that is documented according to expectations, evidence of above-average critical thinking, and attention to rhetorical situations.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Market structures             
    • Elements of the market economy
    • Scarcity                
    • Supply and demand
    • Elasticity                
    • Productivity concepts
    • Private sector                
    • Public sectors
    • Global economy            
    • Advanced research methods

    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

Environ(Interior) Design (EDSN)

  
  • EDSN 101 - Design Fundamentals


    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    STUDIO HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    This course introduces theory and color dynamics as applied to compositional design. Includes exploration and application of three-dimensional concepts, human factors and the psychology and social influences of space.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Utilize the principles of color mixing, color properties, schemes and harmonies.
    2. Integrate color psychology into environmental applications.
    3. Identify, describe and apply the design elements and principles.
    4. Create 3-D models analyzing space, form, pattern, light and shadow.
    5. Utilize spatial organization techniques when creating designs.
    6. Demonstrate an understanding of human behavior and how space can impact and influence the users.
    7. Demonstrate critical and creative thinking.
    8. Present design solutions through preparation models and oral justification.
    9. Evaluate compositions using critical thought processes.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -
    1. Color Mixing and Matching
    2. Color Psychology
    3. Color Principles and Application
    4. Elements of Design
      1. Point
      2. Line
      3. Plane- base, vertical and overhead
      4. Form and Space- closure, openings
      5. Light
      6. Texture and Pattern
      7. View
    5. Organization
      1. Spatial relationships
      2. Spatial organizations
      3. Proportional laws
    6. Circulation
      1. Movement through space
      2. Approach
      3. Entrance
      4. Path
    7. Principles of Design
      1. Axis
      2. Balance
      3. Rhythm and repetition
      4. Scale
      5. Proportion
      6. Emphasis
    8. Design Applications
    9. Design Evaluations

    GRADING POLICY
    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand) 

  
  • EDSN 102 - Drafting and Construction


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated competency through appropriate assessment or earning a grade of “C” or better in MATH 0XX
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    STUDIO HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall 2011

    Provides an understanding of building structures, residential construction techniques, building materials and blueprint reading.  Includes building codes and the preparation of plans, elevations, sections, and details as they relate to construction drawings.

     

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to

     

    1. Demonstrate and evaluate accurate blueprint reading.
    2. Identify basic architectural styles.
    3. Apply technical drafting skills through the use of exercises to include:
    • Floor plans, dimensioning, line weights and lettering.
    • Foundation and framing plans.
    • Interior and exterior elevations.
    • Working section detail drawings
    • Cross sections
    • Floor and window schedule
    • Area specification
    • Cost analysis and estimation

    4. Demonstrate building construction techniques throughout the development of construction drawings for a given space.

    5. Prepare technical drawings to include:

    • Drafting of plans with appropriate architectural symbols, scaled elements, legends, and labeling.
    • Appropriate layout of all drawings.
    • Relationship of drawings and appropriate sequencing of plans.

    6. Organize an oral presentation for project critique to include appropriate use of structural/architectural nomenclature.

    7. Formulate structural solutions on considerations such as orientation and climate, economics and building codes

     

     

    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Lettering Styles
    • Elevations- Interior and Exterior
    • Housing Styles
    • Residential Construction Techniques
    • Wall Sections
    • Residential Building Materials
    • Basic Drafting Techniques  
    • Residential Construction Plans
    • Architectural Structural Details

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus  

  
  • EDSN 103 - Introduction to Environmental Design


    PREREQUISITES: EDSN 107 - Design and Construction Graphics  and demonstrated competency through appropriate assessment or earning a grade of “C” or better in ENGL 083 - Reading Strategies for College  
    COREQUISITES: EDSN 107 - Design and Construction Graphics  
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    STUDIO HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    An introductory course, which provides students with an overview of the field of environmental design. Exercises include small scale space analysis and functional planning based on user needs, application of the principles of design, furniture arrangement and selection, materials and finishes considerations and presentation techniques.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Coordinate the elements and principles of design into a harmonious space.
    2. Demonstrate basic client interviewing skills.
    3. Demonstrate a competency of furniture and fixture selection and arrangement through projects involving living areas, kitchens and support space, bedrooms and bathrooms.
    4. Develop project solutions with concern for function, lifestyle, sustainability and aesthetics.
    5. Utilize appropriate space allowances with concern for proxemics and human factors.
    6. Demonstrate basic drafting skills.
    7. Prepare client presentation
      1. Select materials.
      2. Layout and compose presentation
      3. Use appropriate equipment and mounting materials
      4. Color rendering of floor plan utilizing various media
    8. Prepare an oral presentation to include:
      1. Appropriate use of interior design vocabulary
      2. Justification of design solution


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Furniture selection
    • The elements and principles of design
    • Color
    • Lighting and technology
    • Furniture arrangement
    • The interior design profession
    • Architectural detail
    • Wall, ceiling and window treatments
    • Fabrics
    • Floor materials and coverings
    • ADA considerations
    • Sustainable concepts

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 104 - Textiles for Interiors


    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2020

    An intensive study of textiles from fiber sources, identification and classification to finish and sustainable qualities. Also introduces the study of interior textile fabrications including window treatments, upholstery, carpet and wall coverings.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Use correct textile vocabulary & terminology
    2. Identify and describe the characteristics of textiles, including fiber names, yarn types, construction methods, finishing, dyeing, and printing techniques
    3. Interpret fabric care and labeling information
    4. Identify the legal, sustainability, and environmental issues related to textile production
    5. Select appropriate textiles based on code requirements, test results, environmental impact, end use suitability and consumer satisfaction
    6. Calculate the appropriate yardage needed for window treatments


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Yarns
    • Natural Fiber Characteristics
    • Dyeing Methods
    • Synthetic Fiber Characteristics
    • Finishes
    • Weave Identification and Characteristics
    • Upholstery
    • Window Treatments
    • Carpet

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 107 - Design and Construction Graphics


    PREREQUISITES: Demonstrated competency through appropriate assessment to meet MATH eligibility
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Provides an understanding of conventional and green building practices, building structures, residential construction techniques, building materials and plan reading. Includes building codes, sustainable design practices, and the preparation of site and construction plans, elevations, sections, three-dimensional drawings details and hand renderings as they relate to construction and presentation drawings.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate accurate reading of construction documents and understanding of drawing sequencing.
    2. Identify basic architectural styles.
    3. Illustrate proficiency in basic drafting skills: architectural lettering, use of scale, architectural symbols, legends and labeling.
    4. Apply technical drafting skills through the use of exercises to create construction documents including: dimensioned floor plans, accurate line weights and lettering, foundation and framing plans, interior and exterior elevations, working section detail drawings, cross sections, and floor and window schedules.
    5. Formulate building and structural solutions based on considerations such as sustainable strategies, orientation and climate, economics and building codes
    6. Create representational drawings illustrating contour, shade and shadow techniques, and rendered floor plans, site plans, elevations and pictorial drawings, using appropriate drafting techniques
    7. Critique construction documents to include appropriate use of structural/architectural nomenclature.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -
    • Basic Drafting Techniques
    • Lettering Styles
    • Green Building Practices and Materials
    • Housing and Construction Styles
    • Wall Sections
    • Elevations- Interior and Exterior
    • Architectural Structural Details
    • Basic drawing techniques
    • Perspective drawing techniques
    • Axonometric and Isometric drawings

    GRADING POLICY
    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand) 

  
  • EDSN 108 - Environmental Design and Space Planning


    PREREQUISITES: EDSN 103 - Introduction to Environmental Design  and EDSN 107 - Design and Construction Graphics  
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    STUDIO HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Presents concept development, programming and space planning of the built environment. Exercises reinforce creativity and problem-solving skills. Emphasizes the relationship between individuals and their surroundings, including studies in human scale, proxemics and design considerations for special populations.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate understanding of space planning through:
      1. Accurate furniture and equipment arrangements to facilitate specific tasks, social gatherings, conferring, etc.
      2. Appropriate furnishings based upon global human factors and ergonomics.
      3. Provisions for adequate traffic allowances.
    2. Apply universal design principles.
    3. Prepare a pre-design program including interview questionnaires or information sheets utilized to obtain research data.
    4. Prepare an appropriate and accurate written design concept for a variety of design projects.
    5. Prepare an oral presentation for class critique to include:
      1. Appropriate use of environmental vocabulary.
      2. Justification of design solutions.
      3. Awareness of sustainable design practices and materials.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Universal design
    • Space allocation, criteria matrix and bubble diagrams
    • Client interview
    • Programming techniques
    • Design concepts
    • Space planning techniques

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 115 - Basic CAD for Environmental Designers


    PREREQUISITES: EDSN 107 - Design and Construction Graphics  
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Introduces fundamentals of Computer-Aided Drafting (CAD) for environmental designers. Includes overview of CAD systems, use of software, and printer/plotter applications.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Identify CAD hardware and software.
    2. Review the basic commands for file handling, formatting, and editing.
    3. Demonstrate the ability to use the main drawing and editing commands to create architectural working drawings.
    4. Demonstrate ability to create site plans, floor plans, elevations, sections, and detail drawings with the following layers:
      1. Furniture, fixtures and equipment layout,
      2. Reflected ceiling/lighting plan,
      3. Electrical, plumbing, and HVAC plans,
      4. Dimensioning and labeling
    5. Demonstrate proper layer management utilizing paper space to create a set of complete drawings.
    6. Establish text styles and dimension styles.
    7. Utilize manufacturer’s reference/block libraries and demonstrate their use in architectural exterior and interior drawings.
      1. Create a library of furniture/elements
      2. Create symbols to be used in a symbols library


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Layouts
    • Object manipulation
    • Layers
    • Printing
    • Attributes
    • Plotting
    • Styles
    • Object creation

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 182 - Special Topics in Environmental Design


    PREREQUISITES: Program Advisor Approval.
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 1 CREDIT HOURS MAX: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1 LECTURE HOURS MAX: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 0 LAB HOURS MAX: 4
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Discusses topics of current interest in introductory environmental design. Identifies and offers various special topics during each term under this course number.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be expected to:

    1. To be determined by the nature of the special topic.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • To be determined by the campus offering

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 192 - Special Topics in Environmental Design


    PREREQUISITES: Program Advisor Approval.
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 1 CREDIT HOURS MAX: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1 LECTURE HOURS MAX: 3
    LAB HOURS MIN: 0 LAB HOURS MAX: 4
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Discusses topics of current interest in introductory environmental design. Identifies and offers various special topics during each term under this course number.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be expected to:

    1. To be determined by the nature of the special topic.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • To be determined by the campus offering

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 200 - Lighting and Building Systems


    PREREQUISITES: EDSN 107 - Design and Construction Graphics  
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 2
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Presents the integration of commercial and institutional design and architectural detailing. Includes the environmental impact of mechanical and electrical systems, as well as acoustics and codes. Special emphasis will be placed on lighting technology and application.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of barrier-free, life-safety and building codes applications in commercial environmental design.
    2. Demonstrate accurate readings of electrical, mechanical and architectural drawings.
    3. Develop technical drafting skills through the use of exercises to include:
      1. Drafting of plans and sections with appropriate architectural symbols, scaled elements, legends and labeling
      2. Demolition and construction plans illustrating barrier-free space planning
      3. Knowledge of the relationship of drawings and appropriate sequencing of plans
      4. Lighting systems:
        1. Reflected ceiling plan
        2. Lighting plan
        3. Architectural lighting details
    4. Design creative and appropriate lighting solutions for both residential and commercial interiors.
      1. Understand various light sources’ characteristics and applications
      2. Know a variety of lighting manufacturers and resources
      3. Write lighting design concepts for specific clients
      4. Create appropriate lighting and electrical schedules
      5. Select and specify appropriate energy efficient lighting fixtures and lamps
      6. Prepare lighting cost sheets
    5. Understand specification technology including coordination guidelines for contract documents, format and content and performance evaluation.
    6. Demonstrate an understanding of how to use the Sweets catalogs.
    7. Understanding of cabinet construction including joinery, materials of construction, hardware, etc.
    8. Write accurate specifications for architectural detailing including commercial floor and wall systems, interior finishes, doors, windows, trim and moldings, hardware, and custom case goods.
    9. Understand principles of acoustics to create sound controlled interiors.
    10. Prepare an oral presentation for project critique to include:
      1. Appropriate use of environmental nomenclature
      2. Justification of project


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Light sources
    • American Disabilities Act (ADA)
    • Lighting codes
    • National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
    • Specifications
    • Uniform Building Codes (UBC)
    • Creative lighting solutions
    • Lighting and electrical plans
    • Wall construction techniques
    • Lighting fixture selection and specification
    • Floor construction techniques
    • HVAC and mechanical systems
    • Acoustical and audiovisual systems

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 201 - Materials and Finishes


    PREREQUISITES: EDSN 107 - Design and Construction Graphics  and EDSN 103 - Introduction to Environmental Design  
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Examines the physical properties and characteristics of furniture, materials, finishes, and architectural detailing. Addresses environmental issues and problems in specifying, estimating, and installing these materials.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Research and find information sources for varying project considerations.
    2. Identify appropriate materials selection for a variety of client needs.
    3. Recognize the installation requirements of various materials.
    4. Utilize proper finish selections based on accurate knowledge of product properties, use, specification liabilities, building codes and fire safety criteria.
    5. Accurately specify, measure, cost, order and oversee installation of various materials.
    6. Specify appropriate interior components such as moldings, doors, hardware, fireplaces and architectural details.
    7. Specify appropriate ceiling treatments, window coverings, floor coverings, wall coverings, upholstery, and a variety of building materials and finishes.
    8. Measure and figure quantities and pricing for window treatments, wall coverings, floor coverings, and upholstery.
    9. Coordinate guidelines for contract documents and specifications.
    10. Demonstrate an understanding of how to use the Sweets catalogs.
    11. Understanding of cabinet construction including joinery, materials of construction, hardware, etc.
    12. Write accurate specifications for architectural detailing including commercial floor and wall systems, interior finishes, doors, windows, trim and moldings, hardware, and custom case goods.
    13. Prepare contract documents to include:
      1. Typed finish schedules, control sheets or purchase requisitions
      2. Floor plans keyed to schedule
    14. Prepare work orders to communicate to the craftsperson the fabrication concept and pricing.
    15. Prepare an oral presentation for project critique to include:
      1. Appropriate use of interior finishes vocabulary
      2. Justification of design solution


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Environmental concerns
    • Specifications and schedules
    • Interior and exterior applications
    • Wall materials
    • Paint and wall covering
    • Floor coverings
    • Uniform Building Codes (UBC)
    • American Disabilities Act (ADA)
    • Window treatments
    • National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
    • Doors and hardware
    • Construction and installation techniques
    • Cabinet details and millwork
    • Furniture construction
    • Sustainable practices
    • Ceiling materials

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 202 - Contract Design


    PREREQUISITES: EDSN 108 - Environmental Design and Space Planning  and EDSN 115 - Basic CAD for Environmental Designers  
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    STUDIO HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Studies include commercial technological and base building requirements, sustainability and environmental impact, barrier-free, building and life safety codes, analysis of existing conditions, client interview, and square footage and space planning standards. Emphasis is on task analysis and workstation design, systems and equipment manufacturers and finish selections within the work environment.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Understand technological and base building requirements.
    2. Apply barrier-free, building and life safety codes to a commercial environment.
    3. Analyze existing conditions, prepare a pre-program and design concept.
    4. Conduct client interviews for task analysis and workstation design.
    5. Determine square footage and space planning standards.
    6. Research furnishings and finishes suitable for commercial application. Utilize manufacturer’s reference/block libraries and demonstrate their use in architectural drawings.
    7. Demonstrate creative ability in project formatting and presentation.
    8. Prepare a written presentation or design concept.
    9. Prepare presentation boards to include:
      1. Presentation plan with appropriately scaled furniture and equipment, accurate space planning and architectural considerations.
      2. Colored rendering of floor plan utilizing various media.
      3. Selection of appropriate materials meeting commercial standards.
      4. Layout and composition of presentation board.
      5. Colored axonometric and/or perspective renderings.
    10. Prepare an oral presentation for project jury to include:
      1. Appropriate use of contract design vocabulary.
      2. Justification of design solution.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • The commercial environment
    • Programming the space
    • Feasibilities studies
    • Facilities management

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 203 - Professional Practice


    PREREQUISITES: GRDN 114 - Garden Design  or EDSN 103 - Introduction to Environmental Design  
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Introduction to business principles and practices as they relate to the environmental design profession. Includes business formation and management, professional ethics and organizations, certification and licensing, design liability and project management. Students will identify key considerations for providing design services in a global marketplace.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate an understanding of ethical business practices and facilities management principles.
    2. Demonstrate sales techniques through critiques, presentations, and realistic client situations, as well as communication styles across various cultures.
    3. Identify global and sustainable business practices in relationship to the environmental design profession.
      1. Identify differences in business protocol, gift giving and negotiations.
      2. Identify potential international ventures, opportunities and sources of information.
    4. Prepare a written business plan presentation to include the following information:
      1. Formulation of the business.
      2. Design project analysis.
      3. Setting up a design studio.
      4. Staff and consultants.
      5. Marketing and advertising procedures.
      6. Contracts and letters of agreement.
      7. Fee basis.
      8. Management techniques.
      9. Balance sheet or cash flow statement.
    5. Conduct an oral presentation to jury and demonstrate.
      1. Appropriate sales techniques.
      2. Appropriate use of business vocabulary.
      3. Justification of business plan.
    6. Prepare a letterhead and business card.
    7. Prepare resume and cover letter.
      1. Consider a global approach to resume.
      2. Highlight personal exposure to international travel and interaction experience with various cultures.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Establishing a business
    • Logos, and letterheads
    • Staffing
    • Marketing and public relations
    • Sales techniques
    • Establishing client relationships
    • Job book
    • Letters of Agreements and contracts
    • Resume writing
    • Bookkeeping and accounting methods
    • Methods of compensation
    • Developing a business plan

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 204 - Advanced Environmental Design


    PREREQUISITES: EDSN 108 - Environmental Design and Space Planning  and EDSN 115 - Basic CAD for Environmental Designers .
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 3
    LECTURE HOURS MIN: 1
    LAB HOURS MIN: 2
    STUDIO HOURS MIN: 3
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Students will define, research, and develop a program for an advanced design problem including concept development, space planning, all necessary working drawings and specifications and appropriate presentation materials. Project based on design specialty addresses specific populations, globalization, and sustainability.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Ability to create an appropriate design concept for an advanced project in one of the following areas of specialization: residential, contract, institutional, hospitality, health care, manufactured housing, historical preservation, adaptive- reuse, low income housing, etc.
    2. Ability to research current sources that pertain to the project and design concept and prepare a research bibliography.
    3. Apply their accumulated skills and knowledge to independently create and format a project including the project scope, timeline, content and presentation method, based upon the given parameters.
    4. Demonstrate an ability to program a space including concept development, adjacency studies, schematic and design development, all necessary working drawings, specifications and appropriate presentation materials.
    5. Showcase their abilities in an advanced project including:
      1. Typed design concept and building summary
      2. Color rendered site plan with landscaping
      3. Color rendered and labeled floor plan with furniture and fixtures
      4. Electric/Lighting/Communication plan
      5. HVAC/Plumbing details
      6. Section drawing of entire structure (showing level relationships)
      7. Fixture schedule
      8. Finish materials and schedules
      9. Furniture and accessory examples and schedules
      10. Cabinetry and appliance plans, elevations, and schedules
      11. Custom furniture/case good working drawings (1/2” scale)
      12. Color perspectives of the major areas
    6. Complete a project within a specified time frame.
    7. Prepare a professional presentation for project jury utilizing:
      1. Appropriate use of design vocabulary
      2. Justification of design solution


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Research techniques
    • Project coordination
    • Student critiques

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

  
  • EDSN 209 - Portfolio Preparation


    PREREQUISITES: Program Advisors Approval.
    PROGRAM: Environmental Design
    CREDIT HOURS MIN: 2
    DATE OF LAST REVISION: Fall, 2019

    Efforts are directed toward achieving a career in environmental design in the global marketplace. Includes a comprehensive program assessment exam, the development of a quality portfolio and resume, and necessary field experience.

    MAJOR COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be expected to:

    1. Demonstrate proficiencies in executing a quality portfolio, resume, and cover letter.
    2. Demonstrate professional behavior and competencies necessary to work in the field of environmental design.
    3. Identify career opportunities, using web and college resources.


    COURSE CONTENT: Topical areas of study include -  

    • Portfolio review
    • Interview techniques
    • Presentation techniques
    • Skill and knowledge assessment

     
    GRADING POLICY

    A 90-100
    B 80-89
    C 70-79
    D 60-69
    F 0-59

     
    Course Addendum - Syllabus (Click to expand)  

 

Page: 1 <- 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14Forward 10 -> 23